openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2014

16 participants
163 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89453 - trunk/lcn/ar/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 25 Sep '14

25 Sep '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-09-25 09:30:02 +0200 (Thu, 25 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89453 Modified: trunk/lcn/ar/po/zypper.ar.po Log: zypper.ar.po: Translated (malhargan) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of malhargan Modified: trunk/lcn/ar/po/zypper.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ar/po/zypper.ar.po 2014-09-25 07:15:04 UTC (rev 89452) +++ trunk/lcn/ar/po/zypper.ar.po 2014-09-25 07:30:02 UTC (rev 89453) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-12 09:49+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: openSUSE\n" "Language: ar\n" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ #: src/info.cc:267 msgid "Severity: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "الخطورة: " #: src/info.cc:268 msgid "Created On: " @@ -473,8 +473,8 @@ #| msgid_plural "The following NEW packages are going to be installed:" msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:" msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:" -msgstr[0] "الحزمة التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" -msgstr[1] "الحزم التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" +msgstr[0] "الحزمة الجديدة التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" +msgstr[1] "الحزم الجديدة التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" msgstr[2] "الحزم التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" msgstr[3] "الحزم التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" msgstr[4] "الحزم التالية سيتم تثبيتها:" @@ -870,12 +870,12 @@ msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:" msgid_plural "" "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" -msgstr[2] "" -msgstr[3] "" -msgstr[4] "" -msgstr[5] "" +msgstr[0] "تم تحديد حزمة المصدر الموصى بها التالية تلقائياً:" +msgstr[1] "تم تحديد حزم المصدر الموصى بها التالية %d تلقائياً:" +msgstr[2] "تم تحديد حزم المصدر الموصى بها التالية %d تلقائياً:" +msgstr[3] "تم تحديد حزم المصدر الموصى بها التالية %d تلقائياً:" +msgstr[4] "تم تحديد حزم المصدر الموصى بها التالية %d تلقائياً:" +msgstr[5] "تم تحديد حزم المصدر الموصى بها التالية %d تلقائياً:" #: src/Summary.cc:832 #, fuzzy, c-format @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1151 msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% " -msgstr "" +msgstr "حجم التحميل الإجمالية: %1%. مسبقاً مؤقتاً: %2% " #: src/Summary.cc:1154 msgid "Download only." @@ -1498,23 +1498,23 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:37 msgid "Repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المستودع:" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:39 msgid "Key Name:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اسم المفتاح:" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:40 msgid "Key Fingerprint:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بصمة المفتاح:" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:41 msgid "Key Created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء مفتاح:" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:42 msgid "Key Expires:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "انتهاء صلاحية المفتاح:" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:43 msgid "Rpm Name:" @@ -1522,17 +1522,17 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:69 msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' has expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' إنتهت صلاحيته." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:75 msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% day." msgid_plural "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% days." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" -msgstr[2] "" -msgstr[3] "" -msgstr[4] "" -msgstr[5] "" +msgstr[0] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% يوم." +msgstr[1] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% ايام." +msgstr[2] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% ايام." +msgstr[3] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% ايام." +msgstr[4] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% ايام." +msgstr[5] "توقيع ملف مفاتح gpg '%1%' تنتهي صلاحيته بعد %2% ايام." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:98 #, c-format @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ #: src/callbacks/repo.h:112 msgid "In cache %1%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "في الكاش %1%" #: src/callbacks/repo.h:128 #, c-format @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:675 #, c-format msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "فحص محتويات المستودع المعطل '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 #, c-format @@ -2115,12 +2115,12 @@ #: src/repos.cc:774 #, c-format msgid "Temporarily enabling repository '%s'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "مكن مؤقتاً المستودع '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:782 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' stays disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "مستودع '%s' يبقى معطلاً." #: src/repos.cc:821 msgid "Initializing Target" @@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1088 msgid "Repo Info Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مسار معلومات المستودع" #: src/repos.cc:1089 msgid "MD Cache Path" @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ #: src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:584 src/update.cc:688 src/search.cc:347 msgid "Severity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الخطورة" #. translators: package summary (header) #: src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:688 src/search.cc:254 @@ -5498,15 +5498,14 @@ msgstr[5] "حزم src" #: src/utils/misc.cc:109 -#, fuzzy msgid "application" msgid_plural "applications" -msgstr[0] "التحديد" -msgstr[1] "التحديد" -msgstr[2] "" -msgstr[3] "" -msgstr[4] "" -msgstr[5] "" +msgstr[0] "التطبيق" +msgstr[1] "التطبيقات" +msgstr[2] "التطبيقات" +msgstr[3] "التطبيقات" +msgstr[4] "التطبيقات" +msgstr[5] "التطبيقات" #. default #: src/utils/misc.cc:111 @@ -5529,7 +5528,7 @@ #: src/utils/misc.cc:132 msgid "Not Needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ليست هناك حاجة" #: src/utils/misc.cc:183 msgid "Specified local path does not exist or is not accessible." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89452 - trunk/yast/ar/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 25 Sep '14

25 Sep '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-09-25 09:15:04 +0200 (Thu, 25 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89452 Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po Log: dns-server.ar.po: Translated (malhargan) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of malhargan Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2014-09-25 06:45:03 UTC (rev 89451) +++ trunk/yast/ar/po/dns-server.ar.po 2014-09-25 07:15:04 UTC (rev 89452) @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ # Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)hotmail.com>, 2012. # mohammad <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2012. # محمد الحرقان <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2013. +# malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 14:03+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: محمد الحرقان <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: ترجمة سوزي\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 10:02+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: openSUSE\n" "Language: ar\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -881,29 +882,28 @@ #. T: ComboBox label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS المحلية القرار والنهج" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعادة توجيه الدمج معطل" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 msgid "Automatic merging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دمج تلقائي" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تم تمكين إعادة توجيه الدمج" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" -msgstr "إعداد خادم DNS" +msgstr "تخصيص الإعدادات" #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Custom policy" @@ -912,26 +912,24 @@ #. T: ComboBox label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS المحلية القرار وإعادة التوجيه" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" -msgstr "خوادم اسم المنطقة" +msgstr "استخدام نظام خادم الاسم" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" -msgstr "خوادم اسم المنطقة" +msgstr "خادم الاسم هذا (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الخادم المحلي dnsmasq" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 @@ -953,7 +951,7 @@ #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا يمكن تعيين إعادة التوجيه المحلي إلى %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 @@ -2735,7 +2733,6 @@ #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" #| "Error: " @@ -2743,8 +2740,8 @@ "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل الخدمة المسماة.\n" -"خطأ: " +"حدث خطأ أثناء بدء تشغيل خادم اسم.\n" +"\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89451 - trunk/yast/ar/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 25 Sep '14

25 Sep '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-09-25 08:45:03 +0200 (Thu, 25 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89451 Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po Log: kdump.ar.po: Translated (malhargan) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of malhargan Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) +++ trunk/yast/ar/po/kdump.ar.po 2014-09-25 06:45:03 UTC (rev 89451) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 13:49+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 09:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: malhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: openSUSE\n" "Language: ar\n" @@ -151,10 +151,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed" msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" -msgstr "تنسيق التفريغ يمكن أن تكون ELF أو مضغوطة" +msgstr "صيغة التفريغ يمكن أن يكون، بدون، مضغوط،، ELF، أو lzo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 @@ -586,25 +585,22 @@ msgstr "تنسيق المفرغ" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 -#, fuzzy msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "بدون تفريغ" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:195 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "E&LF Format" msgid "&ELF Format" -msgstr "تنسيق ELF" +msgstr "صيغة ELF" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "C&ompressed Format" -msgstr "تنسيق مضغوط" +msgstr "صيغ الضغط" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:197 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" -msgstr "تنسيق مضغوط" +msgstr "صيغة ضغط &LZO" #. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:217 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89450 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2014-09-24 23:05:26 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89450 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation in 7 files Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -8,24 +8,25 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 14:16+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:28+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline help #: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Add-On Module Help\n" @@ -63,10 +64,10 @@ "Довідка про модуль додаткових продуктів\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Щоб додати новий додатковий продукт через командний рядок,\n" -"використовуйте цей синтаксис:\n" +"Щоб додати новий додатковий продукт через командний рядок, використовуйте цей " +"синтаксис:\n" " /sbin/yast2 адреса URL додаткового продукту\n" -"URL — це шлях до джерела додаткового продукту.\n" +"URL - це шлях до джерела додаткового продукту.\n" "\n" "Приклади URL:\n" "http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" @@ -77,8 +78,12 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Немає назви файла призначення (параметр \"xmlfile\"). Вживайте параметр " +"командного рядка xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -114,10 +119,9 @@ msgstr "Не вдалося додати додатковий продукт." #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"" msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "Будь ласка, надайте додатковий продукт «%1» через «%2»" +msgstr "Будь ласка, надайте додатковий продукт «%1» через «%2»." #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media @@ -140,7 +144,6 @@ #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-&On Products" msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "Дода&ткові продукти" @@ -166,10 +169,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Select language extensions to be installed and click OK." -msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "Виберіть мовне розширення для встановлення і натисніть кнопку Гаразд." +msgid "" +"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть мовні розширення для встановлення і натисніть кнопку Гаразд" +"." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -275,10 +280,9 @@ #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "No product found in the repository." -msgstr "В сховищі не знайдено жодного продукту" +msgstr "У сховищі не знайдено жодного продукту." #. error report #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 @@ -403,14 +407,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Встановлені додаткові продукти" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Додатковий продукт" @@ -427,17 +429,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all add-on products installed on your system." msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Тут показано всі додаткові продукти, які встановлено у системі." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "Скористайтесь кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий додатковий продукт або кнопкою Вилучити, щоб вилучити вже існуючий." +msgid "" +"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " +"an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь кнопкою Додати, щоб додати новий додатковий продукт, " +"або кнопкою Вилучити, щоб вилучити вже існуючий." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/country.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -7,20 +7,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-06 13:15+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:58+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 @@ -55,8 +57,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити всі можливі значення." +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"Розкладка клавіатури «%1» - нечинна. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб " +"побачити всі можливі значення." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -89,10 +94,13 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншої програми, такої як SaX.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ці параметри стосуються тільки клавіатури в консолі. Для графічного " +"інтерфейсу користувача налаштуйте клавіатуру за допомогою іншого засобу.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -173,14 +181,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для використання\n" "під час встановлення та у встановленій системі. \n" "Перевірте розкладку в Тест.\n" -"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Для додаткових параметрів, таких як частота повторення і затримка, виберіть <" +"b>Параметри для експерта.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -199,13 +209,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Виберіть розкладку клавіатури для системи.\n" -"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть Параметри для експерта.\n" -"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого стільничного середовища.\n" +"Для таких додаткових параметрів, як частота повторення і затримання, виберіть " +"Параметри для експерта.\n" +"Більше параметрів і розкладок шукайте в засобах налаштування вашого " +"стільничного середовища.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -340,8 +354,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі значення." +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"%1 - це нечинна мова. Скористайтесь командою «list», щоб побачити можливі " +"значення." #. label text #. heading text @@ -387,11 +404,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" +"Буде встановлено додаткові пакунки для підтримки вибраних головної та " +"другорядних мов. Непотрібні пакунки буде вилучено.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -433,7 +452,6 @@ #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "You can select Abort Installation at any time to abort the\n" @@ -446,7 +464,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Можете вибрати Перервати встановлення будь-коли, щоб\n" +"Можете вибрати Перервати будь-коли, щоб\n" "перервати процес встановлення.\n" "\n" @@ -477,13 +495,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the " +"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to " +"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" -"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде недоступний.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати розкладку клавіатури, щоб змінити " +"розкладку клавіатури відповідно до головної мови.\n" +"Увімкніть параметр Пристосувати часовий пояс, щоб змінити поточний " +"часовий пояс відповідно до головної мови. Якщо розкладка клавіатури чи " +"часовий пояс вже пристосовано до типової мови, то відповідний параметр буде " +"недоступний.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -496,7 +521,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Другорядні мови \n" -"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у вашій системі.\n" +"В ділянці вибору вкажіть додаткові мови, які ви хочете використовувати у " +"вашій системі.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -542,13 +568,15 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний користувач.\n" +"Тільки ctype: root має такий самий LC_CTYPE як звичайний " +"користувач.\n" "Інші значення не встановлюються. \n" "Так: root має такі самі параметри локалі як звичайний користувач. \n" "Ні: всі змінні локалі для root не встановлено.\n" @@ -556,8 +584,14 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для вибраної локалі може не бути." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь Детальні параметри локалі, щоб встановити локаль для " +"головної мови, яка не пропонується у списку в головному вікні. Перекладу для " +"вибраної локалі може не бути." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -625,7 +659,8 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Для вибраної мови на носії включено тільки мінімальну підтримку.\n" @@ -724,17 +759,20 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock " +"Set To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" +"Вкажіть чи ваш комп'ютер налаштовано вживати місцевий час чи UTC в " +"Годинник обладнання встановлено на.\n" "Більшість ПК, які мають в собі декілька операційних систем, у тому числі\n" "Microsoft Windows, вживають місцевий час.\n" "Комп'ютери, у яких встановлено тільки Linux, зазвичай,\n" @@ -753,29 +791,61 @@ "check the user manual for background information about side effects.\n" "" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Примітка: внутрішній системний годинник, використовуваний ядром Linux, завжди " +"повинен\n" +"бути в UTC, бо є опорним значенням для коригування місцевого\n" +"часу простору користувача. Якщо ж ви виберете локальний час для\n" +"годин CMOS, вивчіть посібник користувача на тему побічних ефектів цього " +"вибору.\n" +"" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ви вибрали місцевий час, однак, схоже, що у вас встановлений тільки " +"Linux.\n" +"У цьому випадку наполегливо рекомендуємо використовувати UTC (і натиснути " +"Скасування).\n" +"\n" +"Якщо ви хочете залишити місцевий час, то вам доведеться підлаштовувати " +"годинник CMOS " +"двічі на рік\n" +"у зв'язку з переходом на зимовий/літній час. Якщо ви не будете цього робити, " +"можуть з'явитися\n" +"збої при резервному копіюванні, поштова програма може видаляти повідомлення і " +"т.д.\n" +"\n" +"Якщо ви використовуєте UTC, Linux підлаштує час автоматично.\n" +"\n" +"Бажаєте продовжити з цим вибором (місцевий час)?" #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required change them to the correct values manually, or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "Показано поточний час та дату системи. Змініть їх на правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network Time Protocol )." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"Показано поточний час та дату системи. У разі потреби змініть їх вручну на " +"правильні значення або скористайтеся мережним протоколом часу NTP (Network " +"Time Protocol )." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -842,7 +912,6 @@ #. button text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Параметри для е&кспертів..." @@ -864,7 +933,6 @@ #. check box label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Hardware Clock Set To UTC" msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Годинник обладнання встановлено на Гринвіч" @@ -888,10 +956,9 @@ msgstr "Часовий &пояс" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" -msgstr "Дата та час" +msgstr "Дата та час:" #. help for timezone screen #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 @@ -906,7 +973,8 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region" +".\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -925,7 +993,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його скоригувати.\n" +"Якщо поточний час не правильний, скористайтесь Змінити, щоб його " +"скоригувати.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1148,7 +1217,7 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dvorak" -msgstr "Dvorak" +msgstr "Дворака" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 @@ -1197,10 +1266,9 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Internal Zone" msgid "US International" -msgstr "Внутрішня зона" +msgstr "США міжнародна" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/crowbar.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -1,49 +1,48 @@ # Ukrainian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# xxx, 2005. # +# xxx, 2005. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-31 19:01+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: xxx\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-25 00:03+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module #: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of drbd" msgid "Configuration of crowbar" -msgstr "Налаштування drbd" +msgstr "Налаштування crowbar" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Password for \"root\", the system administrator" msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" -msgstr "Пароль для \"root\", системного адміністратора" +msgstr "Пароль для адміністратора Crowbar" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." -msgstr "Ви&користовувати цей пароль для адміністратора системи" +msgstr "Введіть пароль для адміністратора Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Set the password." msgid "Repeat the Password" -msgstr "Вкажіть пароль." +msgstr "Повторіть пароль" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:104 @@ -52,10 +51,9 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cooling Policy" msgid "Bonding Policy" -msgstr "Правила охолодження" +msgstr "Політика з'єднання" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:139 @@ -63,10 +61,9 @@ msgstr "Мережа" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Sender Address" msgid "Subnet Address" -msgstr "Адреса адресанта" +msgstr "Адреса підмережі" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:141 msgid "Network Mask" @@ -78,31 +75,27 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Use LDAP" msgid "Use VLAN" -msgstr "&Використовувати LDAP" +msgstr "Використовувати VLAN" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN" msgid "VLAN ID" -msgstr "VLAN" +msgstr "VLAN ID" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing" msgid "Router" -msgstr "Маршрутизація" +msgstr "Маршрутизатор" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Subnet" msgid "Subnet" -msgstr "&Підмережа" +msgstr "Підмережа" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 @@ -115,17 +108,15 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bridge" msgid "Add Bridge" -msgstr "Міст" +msgstr "Додати міст" #. push button label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit..." msgid "&Edit Ranges..." -msgstr "&Змінити..." +msgstr "&Змінити діапазони..." #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 @@ -143,37 +134,39 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" -msgstr "Некоректна маска підмережі." +msgstr "" +"Нечинна маска мережі '%1'.\n" +"%2" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" -msgstr "Неправильна адреса IP." +msgstr "" +"Неправильна IP-адреса „%1“ .\n" +"%2" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" -msgstr "Некоректна адреса віддаленого IP." +msgstr "" +"Некоректна адреса маршрутизатора „%1“.\n" +"%2" #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "Назва сервера «%1» відома в мережі." +msgstr "Адреса маршрутизатора „%1“ не є частиною мережі „%2“." #. popup message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 @@ -181,30 +174,27 @@ "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" +"Деякі діапазони адрес не є частиною мережі „%1“.\n" +"Виправте це за допомогою кнопки „Змінити діапазони“." #. inputfield label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgid "Min IP Address" -msgstr "Мі&німальна адреса IP" +msgstr "Мінімальна IP-адреса" #. inputfield label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgid "Max IP Address" -msgstr "Ма&ксимальна адреса IP" +msgstr "Максимальна IP-адреса" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "IP address %1 does not match\n" #| "the current network %2/%3.\n" msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Адреса IP %1 не збігається з\n" -"поточною мережею %2/%3.\n" +msgstr "IP-адреса „%1“ не є частиною мережі „%2“." #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777 @@ -214,14 +204,13 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Діапазони „%1“ і „%2“ перекриваються." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" msgid "Administration Settings" -msgstr "&Адміністративні параметри" +msgstr "Адміністративні параметри" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:851 @@ -230,10 +219,9 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network" msgid "Networks" -msgstr "Мережа" +msgstr "Мережі" #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:925 @@ -243,17 +231,19 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" +"Сервер адміністрування SUSE Cloud був розгорнутий. Зміна мережі наразі не\n " +"підтримується.\n" +"\n" +"Веб-інтерфейс Crowbar доступний на http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" -msgstr "Перегляд налаштування програми створення КД" +msgstr "Огляд налаштування Crowbar" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing drbd Configuration</big> \n" #| "Please wait... \n" @@ -261,12 +251,11 @@ "<big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Започаткування налаштування drbd </big> \n" +"<big>Започаткування налаштування Crowbar</big> \n" "Зачекайте, будь ласка... \n" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving drbd Configuration</big> \n" #| "Please wait... \n" @@ -274,17 +263,18 @@ "<big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Збереження налаштування drbd</big> \n" +"<big>Збереження налаштування crowbar</big> \n" "Зачекайте, будь ласка... \n" #. Overview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "CD Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "" "Crowbar Configuration Overview\n" " " -msgstr "Перегляд налаштування програми створення КД" +msgstr "" +"Огляд налаштування Crowbar\n" +" " #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 @@ -294,13 +284,16 @@ "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" "" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Налаштування мережі і використання цього модуля YaST докладно\n" +"описані у посібнику з розгортання SUSE Cloud.\n" +"" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Controller Configuration" msgid "Crowbar Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування контролера" +msgstr "Налаштування Crowbar" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 @@ -309,14 +302,12 @@ #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" -msgstr "Започаткування налаштування сканера" +msgstr "Започаткування налаштування crowbar" #. Progress stage #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Прочитати налаштування" @@ -334,10 +325,9 @@ #. Crowbar read dialog caption #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" -msgstr "Збереження конфігурації проксі" +msgstr "Збереження конфігурації crowbar" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:194 @@ -348,3 +338,5 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів..." + + Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/dns-server.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -7,20 +7,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-07 12:05+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:47+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter @@ -70,18 +72,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process" msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." -msgstr "Сервер DNS буде увімкнено під час завантаження" +msgstr "Сервер DNS увімкнений під час завантаження." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server needs manual starting" msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." -msgstr "Сервер DNS слід запускати вручну" +msgstr "Сервер DNS слід запускати вручну." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, @@ -528,7 +528,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Максимальна кількість версій під час прокручування. \"0\" означатиме відсутність прокручування" +msgstr "" +"Максимальна кількість версій під час прокручування. \"0\" означатиме " +"відсутність прокручування" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -566,14 +568,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Сервер назв (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді відносної назви)" +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Сервер назв (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді " +"відносної назви)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Поштовий сервер (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у вигляді відносної назви)" +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Поштовий сервер (у повному відповідному форматі з крапкою на кінці або у " +"вигляді відносної назви)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -602,7 +610,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "An interval between retries of failed refresh" msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Проміжок часу між повторними спробами у разі невдалого оновлення" @@ -610,7 +617,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "An interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "Проміжок часу, після завершення якого записи зони більше не діють" @@ -636,8 +642,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "Значення запису ресурсу DNS, таке як 192.0.34.166 для запису A example.org" +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" +"Значення запису ресурсу DNS, таке як 192.0.34.166 для запису A example.org" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -718,7 +726,6 @@ #. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Start-Up Behavior" msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Поведінка під час запуску" @@ -769,16 +776,14 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server is running" msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "Сервер DNS запущено" +msgstr "Сервер DNS запущено." #. label - service status, informative text #. service sttus - label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server is not running" msgid "DNS server is not running." msgstr "Сервер DNS не запущено." @@ -892,29 +897,28 @@ #. T: ComboBox label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Політика дозволів локальної DNS" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вимкнено злиття ретрансляторів" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 msgid "Automatic merging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматичне об'єднання" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увімкнено злиття ретрансляторів" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS server configuration" msgid "Custom configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування сервера DNS" +msgstr "Інші налаштування" #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Custom policy" @@ -923,26 +927,24 @@ #. T: ComboBox label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ретранслятор дозволів локальної DNS" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "Using system name servers" -msgstr "Сервери назв зони" +msgstr "Використовуються системні сервери назв" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name servers" msgid "This name server (bind)" -msgstr "Сервери назв зони" +msgstr "Цей сервер імен (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Локальний сервер dnsmasq" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 @@ -964,14 +966,13 @@ #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не можна задати локальний ретранслятор до %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1" msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." -msgstr "Неможливо знайти локальний еквівалент для IP %1" +msgstr "Неможливо знайти локальний еквівалент для IP %1." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 @@ -981,7 +982,8 @@ "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" "Пересилання запитів DNS для можливості створити власні нескінченні цикли.\n" -"Адреса IP %1 наразі використовується сервером, отож його замінено на локальний еквівалент %2." +"Адреса IP %1 наразі використовується сервером, отож його замінено на " +"локальний еквівалент %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 @@ -1259,7 +1261,7 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" -msgstr "З’єднані реверсивні зони" +msgstr "З'єднані реверсивні зони" #. popup message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 @@ -1509,7 +1511,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPF: Інфраструктура політики відправника" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 @@ -1547,23 +1549,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" #| "and must be at least one character long." msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Неправильний ключ запису TXT. Воно мусить містити друкарські символи US-ASCII, за винятком «=»\n" -"і повинно містити щонайменше один символ. " +"Неправильний ключ запису %{type}. Він мусить містити друкарські символи " +"US-ASCII, за винятком «=»\n" +"і мати щонайменше один символ." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n" #| "This message is %2 characters long." @@ -1571,7 +1573,7 @@ "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." msgstr "" -"Максимальна довжина запису TXT — %1 символів.\n" +"Максимальна довжина запису %{type} - %{max} символів.\n" "Це повідомлення має %2 символів." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself @@ -1651,7 +1653,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" "Записи поточної зони створено автоматично з зони %1.\n" "Щоб вручну змінити записи, вимкніть «Автоматично створювати записи з»." @@ -1673,7 +1676,8 @@ "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" -"Для всякої підпорядкованої зони слід вказувати IP-адресу її головного сервера.\n" +"Для всякої підпорядкованої зони слід вказувати IP-адресу її головного " +"сервера.\n" "Налаштування сервера DNS без зазначення головного сервера зазнає невдачі.\n" "Якщо ви продовжите, поточну зону буде вилучено." @@ -1748,7 +1752,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання ініціалізації:</big> \n" -"Ви можете безпечно перервати утиліту налаштування, натиснувши на кнопку Перервати." +"Ви можете безпечно перервати утиліту налаштування, натиснувши на кнопку " +"Перервати." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1767,8 +1772,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" "<big>Переривання збереження:</big> \n" -"Ви можете перервати процедуру збереження, натиснувши кнопку Перервати.\n" -"Додатковий діалог повідомить вас про те, чи безпечне виконання цієї операції." +"Ви можете перервати процедуру збереження, натиснувши кнопку Перервати" +".\n" +"Додатковий діалог повідомить вас про те, чи безпечне виконання цієї " +"операції." #. main dialog #. help 1/4 @@ -1792,7 +1799,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Клітка Chroot</big> \n" "Щоб запускати DNS сервер·в·chroot·jail,·встановіть параметр\n" -"Запускати сервер·DNS·у клітці·Chroot.·Запуск будь-якої фонової служби у клітці·chroot\n" +"Запускати сервер·DNS·у клітці·Chroot.·Запуск будь-якої фонової служби " +"у клітці·chroot\n" "є безпечнішим, і тому його рекомендовано увімкнути." #. help 3/4 @@ -1808,7 +1816,8 @@ "Щоб змінити параметри зони·DNS,·виберіть відповідний\n" "запис у таблиці і натисніть·Змінити.\n" "Щоб додати нову зону DNS,·скористайтеся кнопкою·Додати.·Щоб\n" -"вилучити налаштовану зону DNS, виберіть її і натисніть·кнопку Вилучити." +"вилучити налаштовану зону DNS, виберіть її і натисніть·кнопку Вилучити" +"." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1822,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Додаткові функції</big> \n" "Щоб змінити загальні параметри,\n" -"узгодити параметри брандмауера,\n" +"узгодити параметри мережевого екрана,\n" "керувати ключами TSIG для динамічних оновлень зон,\n" "або переглянути журнал сервера DNS,\n" "скористайтеся кнопкою Додатково." @@ -1849,7 +1858,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Динамічні оновлення зони DNS</big> \n" "Зона·може оновлюватися автоматично, зазвичай,\n" -"через призначену динамічно за допомогою сервера DHCP IP-адресу.·Щоб дозволити оновлення·DDNS,\n" +"через призначену динамічно за допомогою сервера DHCP IP-адресу.·Щоб дозволити " +"оновлення·DDNS,\n" "встановіть Дозволити динамічні оновлення·і·Ключ TSIG,\n" "що використовується для автентифікації.·Ключ повинен бути однаковим для\n" "серверів DHCP·і DNS." @@ -1889,8 +1899,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add" +"\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete<" +"/b>\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Головні сервери</big> \n" @@ -1903,7 +1915,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave<" +"/b>\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -1915,7 +1928,6 @@ #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" #| "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" @@ -1930,14 +1942,14 @@ "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Напрямок зони</big> \n" -"DNS·використовують для перетворення доменних назв у IP-адреси, і для\n" -"реверсивного перетворення. Виберіть, чи буде ця зона використовуватися для\n" -"перетворення з назв домену у IP-адреси (виберіть Основний) або, навпаки, з IP-адрес у назви домену (виберіть Реверсивний)." +"DNS використовують для перетворення доменних назв у IP-адреси і навпаки.\n" +" Виберіть, чи буде ця зона використовуватися для\n" +"перетворення назв домену у IP-адреси (виберіть Основний) або у " +"зворотню сторону IP-адрес у назви домену (виберіть Реверсивний).\n" #. firewall dialog #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" #| "Select through which interface classes access to the DNS server should be\n" @@ -1949,13 +1961,12 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Класи інтерфейсу</big> \n" -"Виберіть, крізь які класи інтерфейсів слід дозволити доступ\n" -"до сервера DNS. Класи інтерфейсів визначено у\n" -"компоненті налаштування брандмауера." +"Виберіть, крізь які класи інтерфейсів слід дозволити доступ до сервера DNS.\n" +" Класи інтерфейсів визначено у компоненті налаштування мережевого екрана." +"\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" #| "To adapt the firewall settings so the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1967,10 +1978,10 @@ "via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n" "Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Пристосування параметрів брандмауера</big> \n" -"Щоб пристосувати параметри брандмауера для доступу до сервера DNS\n" +"<big>Пристосування параметрів мережевого екрана</big> \n" +"Щоб пристосувати параметри мережевого екрана для доступу до сервера DNS\n" "через всі інтерфейси, які він прослуховує, позначте\n" -"Пристосувати параметри брандмауера." +"Пристосувати параметри мережевого екран.\n" #. soa dialog #. help text 1/9 @@ -2003,7 +2014,6 @@ #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" #| "administrator responsible for the zone." @@ -2012,23 +2022,24 @@ "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "" "Ел. пошта адміністратора повинна містити адресу електронної пошти\n" -"адміністратора, відповідального за зону." +"адміністратора, відповідального за зону.\n" #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" #| "master servers (so slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" #| "entire zone)." msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи\n" -"змінилася зона на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не повинні\n" -"будуть завжди синхронізувати всю зону)." +"змінилася зона на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не " +"повинні\n" +"будуть завжди синхронізовувати всю зону).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 @@ -2047,7 +2058,8 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Параметр Повторення·встановлює проміжок часу між спробами підпорядкованих серверів\n" +"Параметр Повторення·встановлює проміжок часу між спробами " +"підпорядкованих серверів\n" "у синхронізації зони з головного сервера, у разі невдалої спроби." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2058,7 +2070,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "Параметр Строк дії визначає період, після завершення якого\n" -"зона завершує дію на підпорядкованих серверах, і вони припиняють відповідати на запити,\n" +"зона завершує дію на підпорядкованих серверах, і вони припиняють відповідати " +"на запити,\n" "аж доки зону не буде синхронізовано.\n" "" @@ -2079,14 +2092,17 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add" +".\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete" +".\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Керування Ключами TSIG</big> \n" "Визначте ключі TSIG, що використовуватимуться для динамічного оновлення зон.\n" "Щоб додати новий ключ TSIG,·використайте поле\n" -"Назва файла·або кнопку·Огляд, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" +"Назва файла·або кнопку·Огляд, а потім натисніть кнопку " +"Додати.\n" "Щоб вилучити вже існуючий ключ TSIG,·виберіть його зі списку і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" "" @@ -2149,8 +2165,10 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий ретранслятор, встановіть його IP-адресу і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити налаштований ретранслятор, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити." +"Щоб додати новий ретранслятор, встановіть його IP-адресу і " +"натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" +"Щоб вилучити налаштований ретранслятор, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку " +"Вилучити." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2177,7 +2195,9 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити." +msgstr "" +"Щоб вилучити параметр, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.<" +"/p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2186,25 +2206,31 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Ведення журналу</big> \n" -"Скористайтеся цим діалогом, щоб визначити налаштування журналу сервера DNS." +"Скористайтеся цим діалогом, щоб визначити налаштування журналу сервера DNS.<" +"/p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system " +"log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" "Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions<" +"/b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Виберіть Записувати до системного журналу, щоб зберігати запис подій сервера DNS до системного журналу.\n" +"Виберіть Записувати до системного журналу, щоб зберігати запис подій " +"сервера DNS до системного журналу.\n" "Щоб зберігати записи подій сервера DNS у окремий файл, виберіть\n" -"Записувати до файла і вкажіть Назву файла, до якого буде проводитися запис,\n" +"Записувати до файла і вкажіть Назву файла, до якого буде " +"проводитися запис,\n" "а потім визначте Максимальний розмір цього файла.\n" -"Сервер DNS автоматично прокручує файли журналів. Скористайтеся параметром Макс. кількість файлів журналу\n" +"Сервер DNS автоматично прокручує файли журналів. Скористайтеся параметром " +"Макс. кількість файлів журналу\n" "щоб вказати скільки файлів з журналом слід зберігати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2219,10 +2245,14 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "У пункті Ведення журналів\n" -"встановіть, які дії слід записувати до журналу. Звичайні дії завжди записуються. \n" -"Пункт Записувати всі запити DNS дозволяє вести запис всіх запитів клієнтів до сервера DNS. \n" -"Пункт Записувати оновлення зони дозволяє вести запис подій оновлення DNS. \n" -"Пункт Записувати перенесення зон дозволяє вести запис подій перенесення зони на вторинний сервер\n" +"встановіть, які дії слід записувати до журналу. Звичайні дії завжди " +"записуються. \n" +"Пункт Записувати всі запити DNS дозволяє вести запис всіх запитів " +"клієнтів до сервера DNS. \n" +"Пункт Записувати оновлення зони дозволяє вести запис подій оновлення " +"DNS. \n" +"Пункт Записувати перенесення зон дозволяє вести запис подій " +"перенесення зони на вторинний сервер\n" "назв.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 @@ -2238,7 +2268,6 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" #| "and Value then click Add. To remove an already set \n" @@ -2249,8 +2278,9 @@ "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Щоб додати новий запис ACL, просто введіть Назву\n" -"і Значення, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Щоб вилучити вже встановлений\n" -"запис ACL, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"і Значення, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати. Щоб вилучити вже " +"встановлений\n" +"запис ACL, виберіть його і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 @@ -2271,10 +2301,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added." +"\n" msgstr "" "Щоб додати вже створений ключ, вкажіть Назву файла\n" -"(або скористайтеся кнопкою Огляд, щоб обрати його) і натисніть Додати. \n" +"(або скористайтеся кнопкою Огляд, щоб обрати його) і натисніть " +"Додати. \n" "Щоб створити новий ключ, введіть Назву файла і ІД ключа\n" "и натисніть кнопку Створити. Буде створено і додано новий ключ.\n" @@ -2299,37 +2331,45 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type" +",\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову зону, введіть Назву зони, виберіть Тип зони,\n" +"Щоб додати нову зону, введіть Назву зони, виберіть Тип зони" +",\n" "і клацніть Додати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову реверсивну зону IPv4, введіть частину реверсивної IP-адреси з\n" +"Щоб додати нову реверсивну зону IPv4, введіть частину реверсивної " +"IP-адреси з\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> наприкінці у поле Назва зони(наприклад,\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> для мережі <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), виберіть\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> для мережі <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"виберіть\n" "Тип зони, і натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Щоб додати нову зворотну зону IPv6, введіть частину зворотної адреси IP з\n" +"Щоб додати нову зворотну зону IPv6, введіть частину зворотної адреси IP " +"з\n" "<tt>%1</tt> наприкінці у поле Назва зони. Підтримуються декілька\n" "форматів введення назви зони: Стандартний: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Перенаправлення: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" @@ -2345,17 +2385,20 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб змінити такі параметри зони, як перенесення зони, назву і\n" "поштові сервери, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Змінити.\n" -"Щоб вилучити налаштовану зону, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити налаштовану зону, виберіть її і натисніть кнопку Вилучити" +".\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS і перенесення зони</big> \n" -"Скористайтеся цим діалогом для зміни параметрів динамічного DNS зони і контролю доступу\n" +"Скористайтеся цим діалогом для зміни параметрів динамічного DNS зони і " +"контролю доступу\n" "до зони.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2367,7 +2410,8 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Щоб дозволити динамічні оновлення зони, встановіть Дозволити динамічні оновлення\n" +"Щоб дозволити динамічні оновлення зони, встановіть Дозволити динамічні " +"оновлення\n" "і виберіть Ключ TSIG. Перш ніж зона матиме можливість динамічного\n" "оновлення, слід вказати хоча б один ключ TSIG.\n" @@ -2388,7 +2432,6 @@ #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2403,7 +2446,7 @@ "\n" "Записи реверсивної зони можна створити з іншої головної зони.\n" "Щоб це зробити, увімкніть параметр Автоматично створити записи з\n" -"і виберіть зону, з якої хочете створити записи." +"і виберіть зону, з якої хочете створити записи.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 @@ -2420,12 +2463,14 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add" +".\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Записи NS</big> \n" -"Щоб додати новий сервер назв, введіть адресу сервера назв і натисніть кнопку Додати. \n" +"Щоб додати новий сервер назв, введіть адресу сервера назв і натисніть кнопку " +"Додати. \n" "Щоб вилучити один з серверів назв зі списку, виберіть його і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" @@ -2439,14 +2484,14 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Записи MX</big> \n" -"Щоб додати новий поштовий сервер, введіть Адресу і Пріоритет, а\n" +"Щоб додати новий поштовий сервер, введіть Адресу і Пріоритет, " +"а\n" "потім натисніть кнопку Додати. \n" "Щоб вилучити один з поштових серверів зі списку, виберіть його і натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" #| "changed on\n" @@ -2458,9 +2503,10 @@ "the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи змінилась зона\n" +"Серійний номер використовується для визначення того, чи змінилась " +"зона\n" "на головних серверах (таким чином, підпорядковані сервери не повинні\n" -"будуть завжди синхронізувати всю зону)." +"будуть завжди синхронізувати всю зону).\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 @@ -2492,8 +2538,10 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Записи</big> \n" -"У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити записи ресурсів зони. Щоб додати новий запис\n" -"ресурсу, встановіть Ключ запису, Тип, і Значення, а потім\n" +"У цьому діалозі ви можете змінити записи ресурсів зони. Щоб додати новий " +"запис\n" +"ресурсу, встановіть Ключ запису, Тип, і Значення, а " +"потім\n" "натисніть кнопку Додати." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2503,8 +2551,10 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити вже існуючий запис запис, виберіть його, змініть потрібні параметри,\n" -"і натисніть кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть його і натисніть\n" +"Щоб змінити вже існуючий запис запис, виберіть його, змініть потрібні " +"параметри,\n" +"і натисніть кнопку Змінити. Щоб вилучити запис, виберіть його і " +"натисніть\n" "кнопку Вилучити." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2585,7 +2635,8 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1<" +"/tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2615,12 +2666,12 @@ "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Виберіть Відкрити порт у брандмауері щоб пристосувати\n" -"параметри SuSEfirewall2 з метою дозволу всіх з’єднань з вашим сервером DNS." +"Виберіть Відкрити порт у мережевому екрані щоб пристосувати\n" +"параметри SuSEfirewall2 з метою дозволу всіх з'єднань з вашим сервером DNS.<" +"/p>" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2632,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Щоб запускати DNS сервер кожного разу, коли завантажується система,\n" -"встановіть Увімкн.. У противному разі встановіть Вимкн.." +"встановіть Увімкн.. Інакше встановіть Вимкн.. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 @@ -2664,7 +2715,8 @@ "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Підпорядкована зона DNS</big> \n" -"Для будь-якої підпорядкованої зони слід визначити головний сервер назв. Скористайтеся\n" +"Для будь-якої підпорядкованої зони слід визначити головний сервер назв. " +"Скористайтеся\n" "полем IP-адреса головного сервера DNS, щоб зробити це." #. slave zone help text 2/2 @@ -2817,7 +2869,7 @@ #. progress stage #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 msgid "Read the firewall settings" -msgstr "Читання параметрів фаєрволу" +msgstr "Читання параметрів мережевого екрана" #. progress stage #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 @@ -2837,7 +2889,7 @@ #. progress step #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." -msgstr "Читання параметрів фаєрволу..." +msgstr "Читання параметрів мережевого екрана..." #. progress step #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 @@ -2890,7 +2942,7 @@ #. progress stage #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 msgid "Write the firewall settings" -msgstr "Запис параметрів фаєрволу" +msgstr "Запис параметрів мережевого екрана" #. progress step #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 @@ -2920,11 +2972,10 @@ #. progress step #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "Запис параметрів фаєрволу..." +msgstr "Запис параметрів мережевого екрана..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" #| "Error: " @@ -2933,7 +2984,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Під час запуску служби named сталася помилка.\n" -"Помилка: " +"\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 @@ -2947,17 +2998,15 @@ #. summary string #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." -msgstr "Сервер DNS запускається під час завантаження системи" +msgstr "Сервер DNS запускається під час завантаження системи." #. summary string #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system" msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." -msgstr "Сервер DNS·не запускається·під час завантаження системи" +msgstr "Сервер DNS не запускається під час завантаження системи." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 @@ -2997,7 +3046,9 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "Під час створення cn=defaultDNS сталася помилка,%1. LDAP не використовуватиметься." +msgstr "" +"Під час створення cn=defaultDNS сталася помилка,%1. LDAP не " +"використовуватиметься." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall-services.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -8,20 +8,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-19 20:10-0800\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:34+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 @@ -30,8 +32,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "Порти Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) для Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "" +"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Порти Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) для служби пошуку (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 @@ -40,24 +43,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера cyrus-imapd." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "DHCP Server" msgid "DHCPv4 Server" -msgstr "Сервер DHCP" +msgstr "Сервер DHCPv4" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for ISC DHCP Server." msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." -msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера ISC DHCP." +msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера ISC DHCPv4 4.x." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -70,22 +70,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server" msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." -msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера dnsmasq DNS/DHCP" +msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Підтримка mDNS/Bonjour для HPLIP" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Configuration file for postfix" msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "Файл конфігурації фаєрволу для postfix" +msgstr "Файл конфігурації мережевого екрану для підтримки mDNS/Bonjour у HPLIP" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 @@ -114,24 +112,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Відкриває порти для фонової служби iSNS з дозволом трансляції." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Name Server" msgid "Netbios Server" -msgstr "Сервер назв" +msgstr "Сервер Netbios" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "Відкриває порти для фонової служби iSNS з дозволом трансляції." +msgstr "" +"Відкриває порти для фонової служби Samba Netbios з дозволом трансляції." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 @@ -140,10 +136,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS client. Opens ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу для клієнта NFS. Відкриває порти для клієнта NFS з метою дозволити йому з’єднуватися з NFS-сервером." +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " +"connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування мережевого екрана для клієнта NFS. Відкриває порти для клієнта " +"NFS з метою дозволити йому з'єднуватися з NFS-сервером." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -152,10 +151,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Configuration for NFS kernel server. Opens ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." -msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." -msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу для ядерного NFS-сервера. Відкриває порти для NFS з метою дозволити іншим вузлам з’єднуватися з ним." +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " +"other hosts to connect." +msgstr "" +"Налаштування мережевого екрана для ядерного NFS-сервера. Відкриває порти для " +"NFS з метою дозволити іншим вузлам з'єднуватися з ним." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -164,7 +166,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for xntp." msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Відкриває порти для xntp." @@ -176,48 +177,43 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for the OpenLDAP Server (slapd)." msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера OpenLDAP (slapd)." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" -msgstr "Сервер OpenLDAP" +msgstr "Сервер OpenSLP (SLP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволяє серверу OpenSLP рекламувати служби." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "svnserve" msgid "Rsync server" -msgstr "svnserve" +msgstr "Сервер Rsync" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "opens ports for MySQL in order to allow other hosts connect to it" msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "Відкриває порти для MySQL, щоб інші вузли могли до неї приєднуватись" +msgstr "Відкриває порти для rsync, щоб дозволити віддалену синхронізацію" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "NFS Client" msgid "Samba Client" -msgstr "Клієнт NFS" +msgstr "Клієнт Samba" #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вмикає огляд спільних ресурсів SMB." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 @@ -226,10 +222,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for imap Server." msgid "Open ports for Samba server." -msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера imap." +msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера Samba." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 @@ -238,10 +233,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Configuration file for sendmail" msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" -msgstr "Файл конфігурації фаєрволу для sendmail" +msgstr "Файл конфігурації мережевого екрана для sendmail" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 @@ -250,10 +244,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open ports for Secure Shell Server" msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." -msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера безпечної оболонки (SSH)" +msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера безпечної оболонки." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 @@ -273,7 +266,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." -msgstr "Відкриває HTTP порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з’єднуватися переглядачі інтернету." +msgstr "" +"Відкриває HTTP порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з’єднуватися " +"переглядачі інтернету." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 @@ -282,10 +277,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "Відкриває порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з’єднуватися переглядачі." +msgstr "" +"Відкриває порти сервера VNC таким чином, що з ним можуть з'єднуватися " +"переглядачі." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 @@ -294,7 +290,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Opens ports for vsftpd Server." msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Відкриває порти для сервера vsftpd." @@ -306,10 +301,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain" msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." -msgstr "Фонова служба ypbind пов'язує клієнти NIS з доменом NIS" +msgstr "Фонова служба ypbind пов'язує клієнти NIS з доменом NIS." #~ msgid "HTTP Server" #~ msgstr "Сервер HTTP" Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firewall.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -7,20 +7,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-29 19:39-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:51+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 @@ -28,23 +30,23 @@ "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." msgstr "" -"Налаштування фаєрволу неможливо змінити.\n" +"Налаштування мережевого екрана неможливо змінити.\n" "Не встановлено пакунок SuSEfirewall2." #. RichText label #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" -msgstr "Фаєрвол" +msgstr "Мережевий екран" #. Menu label #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" -msgstr "&Фаєрвол" +msgstr "&Мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" -msgstr "Активний інший фаєрвол" +msgstr "Активний інший мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup text #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 @@ -55,16 +57,16 @@ "configuring SuSEfirewall2.\n" "Continue with configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"У вашій системі активний інший тип фаєрволу.\n" +"У вашій системі активний інший тип мережевого екрана.\n" "Якщо ви продовжуватимете, виконання SuSEfirewall2 може призвести до помилок.\n" -"Краще спочатку вилучити інший фаєрвол,\n" +"Краще спочатку вилучити інший мережевий екран,\n" "а потім вже налаштувати SuSEfirewall2.\n" "Продовжити налаштування?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Переривання налаштування фаєрволу" +msgstr "Переривання налаштування мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 @@ -78,67 +80,67 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" -msgstr "&Увімкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "&Увімкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" -msgstr "&Вимкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "&Вимкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" -msgstr "Увімкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "Увімкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" -msgstr "Вимкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "Вимкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: status information #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" -msgstr "Фаєрвол запущено" +msgstr "Мережевий екран запущено" #. TRANSLATORS: status information #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" -msgstr "Фаєрвол не запущено" +msgstr "Мережевий екран не запущено" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" -msgstr "&Запустити фаєрвол" +msgstr "&Запустити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" -msgstr "З&упинити фаєрвол" +msgstr "З&упинити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" -msgstr "Збере&гти зміни і перезапустити фаєрвол" +msgstr "Збере&гти зміни і перезапустити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" -msgstr "Запустити фаєрвол" +msgstr "Запустити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" -msgstr "Зупинити фаєрвол" +msgstr "Зупинити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" -msgstr "Зберегти зміни і перезапустити фаєрвол" +msgstr "Зберегти зміни і перезапустити мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу" +msgstr "Налаштування мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item @@ -210,7 +212,7 @@ "<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." msgstr "" -"<big>Читання конфігурації фаєрволу</big>\n" +"<big>Читання конфігурації мережевого екрана</big>\n" " Будь ласка, зачекайте..." #. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help @@ -219,7 +221,7 @@ "<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." msgstr "" -"<big>Збереження конфігурації фаєрволу</big>\n" +"<big>Збереження конфігурації мережевого екрана</big>\n" " Будь ласка, зачекайте..." #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help @@ -237,14 +239,16 @@ "Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Інтерфейси</big>\n" -" Тут ви можете приписати мережні пристрої до зон фаєрволу,\n" +" Тут ви можете приписати мережні пристрої до зон мережевого екрана,\n" "вибравши пристрій з таблиці і натиснувши Змінити.\n" "\n" "Введіть нетипові рядки, наприклад, <tt>any</tt>, за допомогою кнопки\n" -"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут налаштовано.\n" -"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна використовувати.\n" +"Нетипове. Ви також можете ввести інтерфейси, які ще не було тут " +"налаштовано.\n" +"Якщо вам потрібна трансляція адрес, рядок <tt>any</tt> не можна " +"використовувати.\n" "\n" -"Кожен мережний пристрій слід приписати до зони фаєрволу.\n" +"Кожен мережний пристрій слід приписати до зони мережевого екрана.\n" "Передача інформації через неприписаний інтерфейс блокується.\n" #. Network Manager @@ -260,7 +264,6 @@ #. ), #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" #| " Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -279,41 +282,51 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " +"Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " +"will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Дозволені служби</big>\n" -" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних з’єднань.\n" -"Мережі поділено на зони фаєрволу.\n" +" Вкажіть служби або порти, які повинні бути доступні для вхідних " +"з'єднань.\n" +"Мережі поділено на зони мережевого екрана.\n" "\n" "Щоб дозволити службу, виберіть Зона і\n" "Дозволити службу, а потім натисніть кнопку Додати.\n" -"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити дозволену службу, виберіть Зона, а потім Дозволена " +"служба і натисніть кнопку Вилучити.\n" "\n" -"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити фаєрвол від внутрішньої зони, буде\n" +"Якщо зняти позначку з Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони" +", буде\n" "знято захист від цієї зони. Захист всіх служб і портів буде знято.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " +"ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr<" +"/tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове.\n" -"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, UDP, RPC і\n" +"Додаткові параметри можна налаштувати, скориставшись кнопкою Додаткове<" +"/b>.\n" +"Значення слід відокремлювати пробілами. Тут ви можете дозволити порти TCP, " +"UDP, RPC і\n" "IP-протоколи.\n" "TCP і UDP порти можна ввести як назви портів (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "номери портів (<tt>3128</tt>) і діапазони портів (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC порти слід вводити у вигляді назв служб (<tt>portmap</tt> або <tt>" +"nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Вводьте IP-протоколи як назви протоколів (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -321,15 +334,19 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " +"firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " +"transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Трансляція</big>\n" -" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за фаєрволом і \n" -"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. Запити\n" +" Трансляція — це функція, яка приховує вашу внутрішню мережу за мережевий " +"екраном і \n" +"дозволяє отримати прозорий доступ до зовнішньої мережі, такої як Інтернет. " +"Запити\n" "із зовнішньої мережі у внутрішню буде заблоковано.\n" "Виберіть Трансляція мереж, щоб транслювати ваші мережі\n" "у зовнішню мережу.\n" @@ -338,116 +355,175 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " +"network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " +"IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.<" +"/p>\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої мережі,\n" -"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому фаєрволі\n" -"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, натисніть\n" +"Хоча запити з зовнішньої мережі і не можуть досягати вашої внутрішньої " +"мережі,\n" +"є можливість прозоро переспрямовувати будь-які запропоновані порти на вашому " +"мережевий екрані\n" +"на будь-яку внутрішню IP-адресу. Щоб додати нове правило переспрямування, " +"натисніть\n" "кнопку Додати і заповніть потрібні поля форми.\n" "\n" -"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть Вилучити.\n" +"Щоб вилучити правило переспрямування, виберіть його у таблиці і натисніть " +"Вилучити.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " +"find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " +"using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " +"needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " +"ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " +"packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " +"Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Налаштування трансляції</big>\n" -" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу мережу,\n" -"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера в мережі.\n" -"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою пакетів трансляції.\n" +" Пакети трансляції -- це спеціальні пакети UDP, які посилаються у цілу " +"мережу,\n" +"щоб знайти сусідні комп'ютери або надіслати інформацію до кожного комп'ютера " +"в мережі.\n" +"Наприклад, сервери CUPS надають інформацію про їхні черги друку за допомогою " +"пакетів трансляції.\n" "\n" -"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають сюди\n" -"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте список,\n" +"Вибрані служби SuSEfirewall2 в дозволених інтерфейсах автоматично додають " +"сюди\n" +"необхідні порти трансляції. Щоб вилучити або додати якісь інші, відредагуйте " +"список,\n" "розділених комами, портів для певних зон.\n" "\n" -"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх може бути досить багато.\n" -"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" +"Інші відкинуті пакети трансляції записуються в журнал. В ширших мережах їх " +"може бути досить багато.\n" +"Щоб не допускати записи в журнал про ці пакети, вимкніть Записувати в " +"журнал не прийняті пакети трансляції\n" "для бажаних зон.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " +"reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " +"browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " +"firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " +"choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Трансляція відповіді</big> \n" +"Мережевий екран зазвичай відхиляє пакети, відправлені іншими машинами у " +"відповідь " +"на\n" +"трансляцію запитів вашої системи, наприклад, огляд Samba або SLP.\n" +"\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати, яким пакункам дозволено проходити через " +"мережевий екран.\n" +"Натисніть Додати для створення нового правила. Вам буде потрібно " +"вибрати " +"зону мережевого екрана,\n" +"а також вибрати з готового списку служб потрібну або задати правило вручну." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " +"through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " +"internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підтримка IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" -"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" +" IPsec — це спосіб шифрованого обміну інформацією між надійними вузлами " +"або мережами, під час передачі інформації\n" +"ненадійними шляхами, на зразок Інтернет. Цей діалог відкриває IPsec для " +"зовнішньої зони, якщо\n" "позначити Увімкнено.\n" "\n" -"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" +"Кнопка Докладно дозволяє визначити спосіб поводження з уже " +"розшифрованими IPsec-пакетами. Наприклад, з ними можна поводитися як з " +"пакетами з внутрішньої зони.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " +"Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " +"logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " +"Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " +"for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " +"Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Рівень ведення журналу</big>\n" " Це — основний діалог налаштування ведення журналу IP-пакетів.\n" -"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з’єднань. Вихідні пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" +"Тут ви можете налаштувати запис до журналу вхідних пакетів з'єднань. Вихідні " +"пакети взагалі не записуються до журналу.\n" "\n" -"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети і Неприйняті пакети.\n" -"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" -"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" -"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу критичні пакети.\n" +"Існує дві групи пакетів, що записуються до журналу: Прийняті пакети " +"і Неприйняті пакети.\n" +"Для кожної групи ви можете вибрати один з трьох рівнів ведення журналу: " +"Записувати до журналу все, щоб\n" +"записувати всі пакети, Записувати до журналу лише критичні, щоб " +"записувати лише нетривіальні, або Не записувати нічого,\n" +"щоб вимкнути ведення журналу. Як мінімум вам слід записувати до журналу " +"критичні пакети.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " +"firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " +"following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " +"name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network " +"services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " +"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Підсумок</big>\n" @@ -455,15 +531,20 @@ "Інформацію розділено на загальні налаштування і частини для кожної з зон.\n" "Тут зібрано підсумки для кожної існуючої зони.\n" "\n" -"Запуск фаєрволу показує чи запускається фаєрвол під час\n" +"Запуск мережевого екрана показує чи запускається мережевий екран " +"під час\n" "завантаження або лише вручну.\n" "\n" -"Зони фаєрволу повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" +"Зони мережевого екрана повинні мати мережний інтерфейс приписаний до " +"списку таких елементів підсумкових даних:\n" "\n" -"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і пристрою.\n" +"Інтерфейси: Всі інтерфейси впорядковано згідно до їх назви і " +"пристрою.\n" "\n" -"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Відкриті служби, порти, і протоколи: тут ви побачите список всіх " +"дозволених мережних служб, додаткових\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), і RPC " +"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" "портів, а також IP (Internet Protocol) протоколів.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -473,7 +554,7 @@ "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." msgstr "" "Тут введіть додаткові\n" -"порти або протоколи, які слід увімкнути у зоні фаєрволу." +"порти або протоколи, які слід увімкнути у зоні мережевого екрана." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -492,10 +573,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by " +"spaces." msgstr "" "RPC-порти — це список служб RPC, таких як\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених пробілами. " +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> або <tt>portmap</tt>, відокремлених " +"пробілами. " #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -515,12 +598,14 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " +"represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що позначають\n" +"Діапазон портів — це два номери, відокремлені двокрапкою, що " +"позначають\n" "всі номери між цими числами, включно з ними самими.\n" "Перший номер порту має бути меншим за другий,\n" "наприклад <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -534,24 +619,25 @@ msgstr "" "Назва порту — це назва, приписана до порту \n" "організацією IANA. Одному номеру порту можна приписати декілька назв. Список\n" -"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>/etc/services</tt>." +"приписаних портів, що використовуються, можна знайти у файлі <tt>" +"/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Firewall</big> \n" #| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks." msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Фаєрвол</big> \n" -"Фаєрвол — це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп’ютер від атак з мережі." +"<big>Мережевий екран</big> \n" +"Мережевий екран - це захисний механізм, що захищає ваш комп'ютер від атак з " +"мережі.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" #| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -562,13 +648,12 @@ "matching these rules.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Нетипові правила</big> \n" -"Тут ви можете встановити нетипові правила фаєрволу,\n" -"що дозволять нові з’єднання згідно до цих правил." +"Тут ви можете встановити нетипові правила мережевого екрана,\n" +"що дозволять нові з'єднання згідно до цих правил.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Source Network \n" #| "Network or IP where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -581,9 +666,9 @@ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).\n" msgstr "" "Мережа джерела \n" -"Мережа або IP-адреса, звідки приходить з’єднання,\n" +"Мережа або IP-адреса, звідки приходить з'єднання,\n" "наприклад, <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> або <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>,\n" -"або <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>, або <tt>0/0</tt> (це означає <tt>всі</tt>)." +"або <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>, або <tt>0/0</tt> (це означає <tt>всі</tt>).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -611,7 +696,7 @@ "Назва порту, номер порту або діапазон портів, до яких доступ дозволено,\n" "наприклад, <tt>smtp</tt> або <tt>25</tt> або <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" "У випадку протоколу <tt>RPC</tt>, використовуйте назву RPC-служби.\n" -"Цей запис є необов’язковим." +"Цей запис є необов'язковим." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 @@ -623,16 +708,16 @@ msgstr "" "Порт джерела \n" "Назва порту, номер порту або діапазон портів, звідки виходять\n" -"пакети. Цей запис є необов’язковим." +"пакети. Цей запис є необов'язковим." #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIXME: довідка для '%1' відсутня!" #. TRANSLATORS: Frame label #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" -msgstr "Інтерфейси фаєрволу" +msgstr "Інтерфейси мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 @@ -705,7 +790,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check box #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" -msgstr "&Захистити фаєрвол від внутрішньої зони" +msgstr "&Захистити мережевий екран від внутрішньої зони" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 @@ -831,10 +916,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" -msgstr "Зовнішня IP-адреса, яку слід просити (необов’язково)" +msgstr "Запитана IP-адреса (необов'язково)" #. TRANSLATORS: select box #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 @@ -860,10 +944,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Redirect to Port" msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" -msgstr "&Переспрямувати на порт" +msgstr "&Переспрямувати на порт (необов'язково)" #. TRANSLATORS: select box item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 @@ -1047,7 +1130,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: combo box #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" -msgstr "&Зона фаєрволу" +msgstr "&Зона мережевого екрана" #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" @@ -1067,13 +1150,12 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" -msgstr "Порт &джерела (необов’язково)" +msgstr "Порт &джерела (необов'язково)" #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional options" msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" -msgstr "Додаткові параметри" +msgstr "Додаткові &параметри (необов'язково)" #. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 @@ -1155,10 +1237,13 @@ msgstr "Визначено %1 нетипових правил" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4" -msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний порт: %4" +msgid "" +"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " +"port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "" +"Мережа: %1, Протокол: %2, Порт призначення: %3, Вихідний " +"порт: %4, Параметри: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1173,45 +1258,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" -msgstr "Запускається фаєрвол" +msgstr "Запускається мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "Enable firewall automatic starting" -msgstr "Увімкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "Увімкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "Disable firewall automatic starting" -msgstr "Вимкнути автоматичний запуск фаєрволу" +msgstr "Вимкнути автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration gets written" msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "Фаєрвол буде запущено після запису конфігурації" +msgstr "Мережевий екран буде запущено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration gets written" msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "Фаєрвол буде запущено після запису конфігурації" +msgstr "Мережевий екран буде запущено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration is written" -msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "Фаєрвол буде зупинено після запису конфігурації" +msgid "" +"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgstr "Мережевий екран буде зупинено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration is written" msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "Фаєрвол не буде запущено після запису конфігурації" +msgstr "Мережевий екран не буде запущено після запису конфігурації" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1228,13 +1310,13 @@ #. to be started after exiting YaST #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." -msgstr "Запуск фаєрволу..." +msgstr "Запуск мережевого екрана..." #. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall #. to be stopped after exiting YaST #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." -msgstr "Зупинка фаєрволу..." +msgstr "Зупинка мережевого екрана..." #. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 @@ -1332,8 +1414,11 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший інтерфейс." +msgid "" +"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "" +"Для трансляції потрібен принаймні один зовнішній інтерфейс і один інший " +"інтерфейс." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1368,7 +1453,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" #| "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1380,10 +1464,10 @@ "\n" "Stop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\n" msgstr "" -"Було вимкненор автоматичний запуск фаєрволу,\n" +"Було вимкнено автоматичний запуск мережевого екрана,\n" "але зараз він ще працює.\n" "\n" -"Хочете зупинити фаєрвол після запису нової конфігурації?" +"Хочете зупинити мережевий екран після запису нової конфігурації?\n" #. network is mandatory #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 @@ -1457,7 +1541,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 msgid "Firewall configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування фаєрволу" +msgstr "Налаштування мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 @@ -1467,7 +1551,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 msgid "Known firewall zones" -msgstr "Відомі зони фаєрволу" +msgstr "Відомі зони мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 @@ -1502,21 +1586,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" -msgstr "Зведення налаштування фаєрволу" +msgstr "Зведення налаштування мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable firewall" msgid "Enables firewall" -msgstr "Увімкнути брандмауер" +msgstr "Вмикає мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable firewall" msgid "Disables firewall" -msgstr "Вимкнути брандмауер" +msgstr "Вимикає мережевий екран" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 @@ -1526,12 +1608,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" -msgstr "Запускати фаєрвол в процесі завантаження системи" +msgstr "Запускати мережевий екран в процесі завантаження системи" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 msgid "Start firewall manually" -msgstr "Запускати фаєрвол вручну" +msgstr "Запускати мережевий екран вручну" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 @@ -1581,32 +1663,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "Відомі служби фаєрволів; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Відомі служби мережевий екранів; для розділення декількох записів " +"використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер TCP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " +"коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер UDP порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " +"коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва або номер RPC порту; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте " +"коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" -msgstr "Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" +msgstr "" +"Назва IP-протоколу; для розділення декількох записів використовуйте коми" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 @@ -1641,7 +1733,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" -msgstr "Зовнішня IP-адреса, яку слід просити (необов’язково)" +msgstr "Зовнішня IP-адреса, яку слід просити (необов'язково)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 @@ -1656,7 +1748,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" -msgstr "Переспрямувати на порт внутрішньої IP-адреси (необов’язково)" +msgstr "Переспрямувати на порт внутрішньої IP-адреси (необов'язково)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 @@ -1697,7 +1789,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" -msgstr "Перелік відомих зон фаєрволу:" +msgstr "Перелік відомих зон мережевого екрана:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 @@ -1735,32 +1827,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." -msgstr "Увімкнення фаєрволу під час завантаження системи..." +msgstr "Увімкнення мережевого екрана під час завантаження системи..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." -msgstr "Вилучення фаєрволу з процесу завантаження системи..." +msgstr "Вилучення мережевого екрана з процесу завантаження системи..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" -msgstr "Фаєрвол вмикається під час завантаження системи" +msgstr "Мережевий екран вмикається під час завантаження системи" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" -msgstr "Фаєрвол слід запускати вручну" +msgstr "Мережевий екран слід запускати вручну" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" -msgstr "Мережні інтерфейси у зонах фаєрволу:" +msgstr "Мережні інтерфейси у зонах мережевого екрана:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 msgid "Special firewall string" -msgstr "Спеціальний рядок фаєрволу" +msgstr "Спеціальний рядок мережевого екрана" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 @@ -1894,7 +1986,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" -msgstr "Визначені служби фаєрволу:" +msgstr "Визначені служби мережевого екрана:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/firstboot.uk.po 2014-09-24 21:05:26 UTC (rev 89450) @@ -6,20 +6,22 @@ # Ivan Petrouchtchak <iip(a)telus.net>, 2005. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2005, 2007. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-21 22:52-0700\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 23:40+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. dialog caption #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 @@ -29,7 +31,6 @@ #. text label, describing the check box meaning #. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" #| "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration" @@ -37,8 +38,8 @@ "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб після налаштування\n" -"і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST." +"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб при першому\n завантажені після " +"налаштування і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -47,16 +48,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" #| "Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module to find out more." msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further " +"information.\n" msgstr "" -"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб після налаштування і першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST.\n" -"Більше інформації можна знайти в документації модуля yast2-firstboot." +"Позначте Увімкнути перше завантаження, щоб після налаштування і " +"першого завантаження запустити утиліту YaST firstboot.\n" +"Більше інформації можна знайти в документації модуля yast2-firstboot.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -228,13 +231,15 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " +"start\n" "after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "На цьому етапі експерти можуть використовувати повний набір модулів\n" "налаштування SUSE. Виберіть Запустити Центр керування YaST і він буде\n" -"виконаний після натискання на Закінчити. Примітка: Центр керування не має\n" +"виконаний після натискання на Закінчити. Примітка: Центр керування не " +"має\n" "кнопки, щоб повернутись назад до цієї послідовності встановлення.\n" #. popup text @@ -271,7 +276,6 @@ #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89449 - trunk/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 22:45:31 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89449 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) @@ -2,33 +2,34 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:45+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module #: src/clients/mail.rb:60 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of mail" -msgstr "Nastavitve razreda" +msgstr "Nastavitve pošte" #. command line action help #: src/clients/mail.rb:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mail configuration summary" -msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev faksa." +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev pošte" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! #. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -105,8 +106,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" +"Če izberete Brez povezave, bo poštni strežnik zagnan.\n" +"Vendar je možen samo krajevni prenos pošte. Posrednik za prenos pošte posluša " +"krajevnega gostitelja.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -135,20 +140,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Odhodni poštni strežnik je v splošnem namenjen klicnim povezavam.\n" -"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" +"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. " +"smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" +"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je " +"dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -168,7 +177,8 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en strežnik,\n" +"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en " +"strežnik,\n" "čeprav jih je v konfiguracijski datoteki lahko več.\n" "Le-ti ne bodo izgubljeni.\n" @@ -189,12 +199,15 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ta tabela preusmeri lokalno dostavljeno pošto.\n" -"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske uporabnike,\n" -"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.\n" +"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske " +"uporabnike,\n" +"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.<" +"/p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -234,7 +247,6 @@ #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" #| "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -247,9 +259,9 @@ "Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev %1 je izključena. Verjetno ste\n" -"neposredno spreminjali prilagoditvene datoteke.\n" +"neposredno spreminjali nastavitvene datoteke.\n" "Če boste nadaljevali, bo nastavitev vključena\n" -"in SuSEconfig bo prepisal ročne spremembe.\n" +"in Config Postfix bo prepisal ročne spremembe.\n" #. After text freeze, but #. a) either something is very broken -> user must know @@ -259,12 +271,11 @@ #. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup #. Translators: error popup #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." msgstr "" -"YaST lahko konfigurira le Postfix in Sendmail, vendar\n" +"YaST lahko nastavi le Postfix in Sendmail, vendar\n" "noben od njiju ni nameščen." #. not to be displayed, #37554. @@ -309,10 +320,9 @@ #. Translators: radio button label #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" -msgstr "Postfix Demon" +msgstr "Ne zaženi Postfixa v ozadju" #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label @@ -323,7 +333,7 @@ #. TLS #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "TLS encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Šifriranje TLS" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 @@ -331,13 +341,12 @@ msgstr "Ne" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 -#, fuzzy msgid "Use" -msgstr "Uporabnik" +msgstr "Uporabi" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 msgid "Enforce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vsili" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 msgid "&Masquerading" @@ -358,9 +367,8 @@ msgstr "&Podrobnosti..." #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 -#, fuzzy msgid "Start &fetchmail" -msgstr "Poženi zaznavanje" +msgstr "Zaženi &fetchmail" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 @@ -685,7 +693,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" @@ -696,7 +703,8 @@ "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočenje pregledovanja virusov bo preverjalo vhodno in izhodno pošto\n" +"Omogočanje pregledovanja virusov (AMaViS) bo preverjalo vhodno in " +"izhodno pošto\n" "preko AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -707,6 +715,11 @@ "DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" "Clamav open source virus scanner engine" msgstr "" +"Omogočenje AMaViS bo omogočilo tudi naslednje module:\n" +"Spamassassin: pregledovalnik neželene pošte\n" +"DKIM: preverja prejeto pošto, ki je podpisana z domenskim ključem<" +"/p>\n" +"ClamAV: odprtokodni pogon za pregledovanje virusov." #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 @@ -722,11 +735,10 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Omogoči podpisovanje DKIM za poslano pošto." #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" @@ -736,8 +748,7 @@ "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočenje pregledovanja virusov bo preverjalo vhodno in izhodno pošto\n" -"preko AMaViS.\n" +"Omogočanje podpisovanja DKIM za poslano pošto.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 @@ -745,11 +756,21 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Omogočanje DKIM za poslano pošto zahteva dodatna dejanja. Za vrednost " +"»mydomain«,\n" +"ki je določena v Postfix, bo ustvarjen ključ SSL. V Postfix bo nastavljena " +"nova storitev\n" +"»submission«. Po tem, ko je to nastavljeno, lahko s to storitvijo " +"»submission« pošiljate\n" +"pošto od »mynetworks« z omogočenim overjanjem SASL. S ključem domene bo\n" +"podpisana samo pošta, ki bo poslana s to novo storitvijo.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 @@ -759,15 +780,28 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Javni ključ domene mora ponujati storitev za imena domen. Shranjen bo\n" +"kot zapis DNS TXT v /var/db/dkim/[mojadomena].public.txt in ga je " +"potrebno\n" +"razmestiti v ustrezno storitev za imena domen. Če imenska storitev teče na " +"tem\n" +"strežniku, ki je avtoritativen strežnik za to domeno, bo ključ samodejno " +"dodan\n" +"kot zapis TXT za to domensko cono.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "" +"Če omogočite podporo za DKIM, bo omogočeno tudi pregledovanje virusov " +"(AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -811,15 +845,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "Način dostave je običajno procmail, razen če ne posredujete korenske pošte naprej ali ne želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Način dostave je običajno Neposredno, razen če ne " +"posredujete pošte uporabnika root ali želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP.<" +"/p>" #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 -#, fuzzy msgid "Reading the &User List" -msgstr "Branje nastavitev..." +msgstr "Branje seznama &uporabnikov" #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 @@ -828,15 +865,13 @@ #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 -#, fuzzy msgid "LDAP users" -msgstr "Vsi uporabniki" +msgstr "Uporabniki LDAP" #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 -#, fuzzy msgid "NIS users" -msgstr "Seznam NIS uporabnikov" +msgstr "Uporabniki NIS" #. Translators: error popup #. Translators: error popup @@ -873,10 +908,9 @@ #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server" msgid "To IMAP Server" -msgstr "Na Cyrus IMAP strežnik" +msgstr "Na strežnik IMAP" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 @@ -890,6 +924,9 @@ "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" "Configure a scanner manually." msgstr "" +"AMaViS za dejansko pregledovanje uporablja pregledovalnik\n" +"virusov, kot je ClamAV. ClamAV ni bil najden. Ročno nastavite\n" +"pregledovalnik." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 @@ -898,9 +935,8 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" -msgstr "Namestil se bo AMaViS, iskalnik virusov.\n" +msgstr "Nameščen bo Dovecot (strežnik IMAP).\n" #. Translators: dialog caption #: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 @@ -943,7 +979,6 @@ #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line #: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -966,10 +1001,9 @@ #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" -msgstr "Napaka pri izvajanju SuSEconfig." +msgstr "Napaka pri izvajanju config.postfix" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message @@ -1012,10 +1046,9 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" -msgstr "Nastavitev usmerjanja " +msgstr "Izvajanje config.postfix" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 @@ -1034,15 +1067,13 @@ #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 -#, fuzzy msgid "Permanent" -msgstr "&Trajno" +msgstr "Trajna" #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dial-up" -msgstr "&Klicni način" +msgstr "Klicna" #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 @@ -1100,10 +1131,9 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Use NIS" msgid "Use DKIM" -msgstr "&Uporabi NIS" +msgstr "Uporabi DKIM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) @@ -4,24 +4,26 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2004. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 22:43+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" -"Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:10+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module #: src/clients/nis.rb:74 @@ -146,13 +148,15 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" +".\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do 'ypbind' storitve\n" "z oddaljenih računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " +"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. help text @@ -167,17 +171,35 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" +"Izberite način spreminjanja nastavitev NIS. Običajno to opravlja skript " +"netconfig,\n" +"ki združi statično določene podatke od tu z dinamično pridobljenimi podatki\n" +"(npr. od odjemalca DHCP, orodja NetworkManager, itd.) To so privzeta pravila\n" +"in zadostujejo za večino nastavitev. Če izberete »Samo ročno spreminjanje«,\n" +"orodju netconfig onemogočite spreminjanje nastavitev. Datoteko lahko še " +"vedno\n" +"urejate ročno. Če izberete »Pravila po meri«, lahko določite niz s pravilom " +"po meri,\n" +"ki je sestavljen iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih s presledkom. Dovoljeni " +"so\n" +"nadomestni znaki. Posebni in v naprej določeni vrednosti sta STATIC in " +"STATIC_FALLBACK." +"Za podrobnosti si oglejte priročnik za netconfig.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -190,7 +212,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" #| "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -202,64 +223,64 @@ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki imenike\n" -"samodejno logično priklopi, kot na primer domače imenike uporabnikov.\n" +"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki " +"mape\n" +"samodejno priklopi, kot na primer domače mape uporabnikov.\n" "Predpostavlja se, da njegove nastavitvene datoteke\n" -"(auto.*) obstajajo bodisi lokalno bodisi preko NIS-a." +"(auto.*) obstajajo bodisi krajevno bodisi preko NIS-a." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgid "" +"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." msgstr "" +"Nastavitve NFS, ki vplivajo na delovanje samodejnega priklopnika, lahko " +"nastavite v »Odjemalec NFS«, ki je dosegljiv s klikom na gumb Nastavitev " +"NFS." # &A is taken (&Abbrechen) #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 -#, fuzzy msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" -msgstr "&Samodejna nastavitev (preko DHCP)" +msgstr "Samodejna nas&tavitev (z NetworkManager in DHCP)" # &A is taken (&Abbrechen) #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" -msgstr "&Samodejna nastavitev (preko DHCP)" +msgstr "Samodejna nas&tavitev (z DHCP)" #. frame label #. frame label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 msgid "NIS client" -msgstr "NIS odjemalec" +msgstr "Odjemalec NIS" #. combo box label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" -msgstr "Način hlajenja" +msgstr "&Pravila netconfig za NIS" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "Only Manual Changes" -msgstr "Le ročno" +msgstr "Samo ročno spreminjanje" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 -#, fuzzy msgid "Default Policy" -msgstr "Privzeta domena" +msgstr "Privzeta pravila" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 -#, fuzzy msgid "Custom Policy" -msgstr "Tihi n&ačin" +msgstr "Pravila po meri" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 -#, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Policy" -msgstr "Tihi n&ačin" +msgstr "Pra&vila po meri" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 @@ -316,10 +337,9 @@ #. button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "NFS Configuration..." -msgstr "&NTP Nastavitev..." +msgstr "Nastavitev NFS ..." #. dialog title #. dialog title @@ -348,14 +368,26 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." -msgstr "Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." +msgid "" +"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. " +"Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti " +"Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." -msgstr "Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak strežnik bolje zamenjati." +msgid "" +"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server." +msgstr "" +"Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz " +"nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak " +"strežnik bolje zamenjati." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -436,8 +468,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -msgstr "Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za iskanje NIS strežnika." +msgid "" +"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS " +"server." +msgstr "" +"Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za " +"iskanje NIS strežnika." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) @@ -2,42 +2,53 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:50+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "Tukaj lahko uredite (spremenite) nastavitve uporabniškega samba računa.." +msgstr "Tukaj lahko uredite nastavitve uporabnikovega računa Samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Če ne vpišete vrednosti za" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " -msgstr "Domača enota, Domači imenik, Pot do profila in Prijavne skripta " +msgid "" +"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " +"Script " +msgstr "" +"Domači disk, Domača mapa, Pot do profila in Prijavni " +"skript " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -msgstr "bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v lokalnih Samba nastavitvah." +msgid "" +"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be " +"used." +msgstr "" +"bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v krajevnih Samba " +"nastavitvah." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" -msgstr "Domača enota" +msgstr "Domači disk" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 @@ -46,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" -msgstr "Domači imenik" +msgstr "Domača mapa" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" @@ -55,11 +66,11 @@ #. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" -msgstr "Prijavna skripta" +msgstr "Prijavni skript" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" -msgstr "Samba račun je onemogočen" +msgstr "Račun Samba ni omogočen" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" @@ -70,50 +81,61 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" -msgstr "Uredi Samba atribute" +msgstr "Uredi lastnosti Samba" #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " +"Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " +"attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " +"other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name" +"\n" "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" +"Ta vstavek lahko uporabite, da omogočite razpoložljivost skupine LDAP v " +"Samba.\n" +"Edina nastavitev, ki jo lahko urejate tu, je lastnost Ime skupine Samba" +",\n" +"ki je ime skupine, ki bo prikazano odjemalcem Samba. Vse ostale nastavitve " +"se\n" +"določijo samodejno. Če Ime skupine Samba pustite prazno, bo\n" +"uporabljeno ime, ki je nastavljeno v globalnih nastavitvah te skupine.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" -msgstr "Ime Samba skupine" +msgstr "Ime skupine Samba" #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" -msgstr "Samba atributi" +msgstr "Lastnosti Samba" #. summary #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" -msgstr "Uredi parametre samba računa" +msgstr "Upravljanje parametrov računa Samba" #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." -msgstr "Posodobitev objectclass atributa ni bila mogoča." +msgstr "Posodobitev lastnosti objectClass ni bila mogoča." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." -msgstr "Inicializacija SambaSID ni narejena. Vstavek je onemogočen." +msgstr "Inicializacija Samba SID ni bila mogoča. Vstavek ni omogočen." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" -msgstr "Za izdelavo Samba računa, spremenite geslo" +msgstr "Za izdelavo računa Samba spremenite geslo" #. summary #: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" -msgstr "Ureditev Samba atributov za LDAP skupine" +msgstr "Upravljanje lastnosti Samba skupin LDAP" #~ msgid "Help" #~ msgstr "Pomoč" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) @@ -4,31 +4,33 @@ # translation of sysconfig.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # German message file for YaST2 (rc_config). # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Antje Faber <afaber(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2003, 2004, 2005. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" -msgstr "Urejevalnik za datoteke v imeniku /etc/sysconfig" +msgstr "Urejevalnik za datoteke v mapi /etc/sysconfig" #. help text for command 'list' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 @@ -41,6 +43,8 @@ #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "" +"Nastavi vrednost spremenljivke. Potrebuje možnosti »spremenljivka« in " +"»vrednost«" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -48,13 +52,14 @@ #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "" +"ali »spremenljivka=vrednost«. Na primer variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ali preprosto DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 @@ -74,19 +79,19 @@ #. help text for option 'variable' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" -msgstr "Izbrana spremenljivka." +msgstr "Izbrana spremenljivka" #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Če je spremenljivka na voljo v več datotekah, uporabite" #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," -msgstr "" +msgstr "skladnjo <spremenljivka>$<ime_datoteke>." #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -msgstr "" +msgstr "na primer CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." #. help text for option 'value' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 @@ -109,12 +114,12 @@ "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nastavitev spremenljivke '%1' na '%2': %3" +"Nastavitev spremenljivke »%1« na »%2«: %3" #. result message #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" -msgstr "Uspeh" +msgstr "Uspešno" #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" @@ -132,7 +137,7 @@ #. command line output #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." -msgstr "Ne nejdem spremenljivke %1." +msgstr "Spremenljivka %1 ni bila najdena." #. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 @@ -142,7 +147,8 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>\n" +"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>" +"\n" "(npr., %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -183,22 +189,22 @@ #. allowed value description - any value is allowed #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" -msgstr "Katerakoli vredost" +msgstr "Katerakoli vrednost" #. allowed value description - IP adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" -msgstr "IPv4 ali IPv6 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv4 ali IPv6" #. allowed value description - IPv4 adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv4" #. allowed value description - IPv6 adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" -msgstr "IPv6 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv6" #. rich text item #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 @@ -219,7 +225,7 @@ #. rich text value #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " -msgstr "Originalna vrednost: " +msgstr "Prvotna vrednost: " #. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 @@ -229,12 +235,12 @@ #. header in the variable description text #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " -msgstr "Nastavitvena skripta: " +msgstr "Nastavitveni skript: " #. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " -msgstr "Storitev za ponovni zagon: " +msgstr "Storitev za ponovno nalaganje: " #. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 @@ -254,7 +260,7 @@ #. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" -msgstr "(spremenjeno)" +msgstr "(spremenjena)" #. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string #. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string @@ -272,7 +278,7 @@ "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" msgstr "" "Trenutno izbrana vrednost ima več kot eno vrstico.\n" -"Združene vrstice so prikazane v combo okvirju.\n" +"Združene vrstice so prikazane v spustnem seznamu.\n" #. header label #. label widget @@ -288,8 +294,8 @@ "\n" "Really set this value?\n" msgstr "" -"Vrednost '%1'\n" -"ne ustreza tipu '%2'.\n" +"Vrednost »%1«\n" +"ne ustreza vrsti »%2«.\n" "\n" "Resnično želite uporabiti to vrednost?\n" @@ -318,19 +324,25 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Po shranitvi vaših sprememb, urejevalnik spremeni spremenljivke v \n" "ustrezni sysconfig datoteki. Nato požene uveljavitvene ukaze, ki spremenijo \n" "nastavitve v pomožnih nastavitvenih datotekah, ustavi/požene \n" -"daemon-e in požene nastavitvena orodja na najnižni ravni. S tem \n" +"daemon-e in požene nastavitvena orodja na najnižji ravni. S tem \n" "nastavitve v sysconfig stopijo v veljavo.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate " +"ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -343,15 +355,24 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "Urejevalnik prilagoditve sistemaZ urejevalnikom prilagoditve sistema lahko spremenite nekatere nastavitve sistema. Z orodjem YaST lahko prilagodite strojne in sistemske nastavitve." +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"Urejevalnik nastavitev sistemaZ urejevalnikom nastavitev " +"sistema lahko spremenite nekatere sistemske nastavitve. Nastavitve strojne " +"opreme in sistema lahko spremenite tudi z orodjem YaST." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz prilagoditvenih datotek." +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz " +"nastavitvenih datotek." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -365,10 +386,9 @@ #. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Modified Variables" msgid "Save Modified Variables" -msgstr "Spremenjene spremenljivke" +msgstr "Shrani spremenjene spremenljivke" #. checkbox label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 @@ -382,8 +402,12 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in pritisnite na gumb \"Pojdi na\". S pritiskom na \"Prekliči\" zapustite iskanje." +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in " +"pritisnite na gumb »Pojdi na«. S pritiskom na »Prekliči« zapustite iskanje." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -393,7 +417,7 @@ #. popup message - search result message #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" -msgstr "Ni vnosov" +msgstr "Ni najdenih vnosov" #. popup window header #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 @@ -403,7 +427,7 @@ #. search popup window header #: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" -msgstr "Iskanje prilagoditvenih spremenljivk" +msgstr "Iskanje nastavitvenih spremenljivk" #. text entry label #: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:31 UTC (rev 89449) @@ -2,21 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -51,13 +54,13 @@ "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." msgstr "" -"Paket ni bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" +"Paketa ni bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" "Namestite manjkajoče pakete in poskusite ponovno." #. Table header #: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" -msgstr "MAC naslov" +msgstr "Naslov MAC" #: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" @@ -78,14 +81,14 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"S pomočjo WOL, lahko 'zbudite' vaš PC enostavno s pošiljko 'magičnega paketa' \n" +"S pomočjo WoL, lahko računalnik enostavno »zbudite« s pošiljanjem " +"»magičnega paketa« \n" "preko omrežja." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); #: src/clients/wol.rb:127 -#, fuzzy msgid "Really delete this item?" -msgstr "Resnično izbrišem to domeno?" +msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati to postavko?" #: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" @@ -100,7 +103,7 @@ "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " msgstr "" -"MAC naslov\n" +"Naslov MAC\n" "odjemalca: " #. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf @@ -112,5 +115,7 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "Predhodno nastavljenih odjemalcev ni na voljo.\n" -"Pač pa je bila najdena DHCP nastavitev na tem sistemu. Naj uvozim nastavitve\n" -"gostiteljev (MAC naslove in imena gostiteljev) iz '/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" +"Pač pa so na tem sistemu bile najdene nastavitve DHCP. Ali želite uvoziti " +"nastavitve\n" +"gostiteljev (naslove MAC in imena gostiteljev) iz »/etc/dhcpd.conf«?\n" + -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89448 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 22:45:26 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89448 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/mail.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) @@ -2,21 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:45+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the mail-server module #. Command line help text for the mail-server module @@ -75,15 +78,13 @@ #. Command line help text for the mail module #: src/clients/mail-standard.rb:60 -#, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of mail" -msgstr "Nastavitve razreda" +msgstr "Nastavitve pošte" #. command line action help #: src/clients/mail-standard.rb:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mail configuration summary" -msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev faksa." +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev pošte" #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts @@ -109,7 +110,9 @@ #. Translators: start dialog help, part 2 of 4 #: src/clients/mail.rb:84 -msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +msgid "" +"This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus " +"IMAP server." msgstr "" #. Translators: start dialog help, part 3 of 4 @@ -142,27 +145,37 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:110 -msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +msgid "" +"If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " +"configuration." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:113 -msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +msgid "" +"The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system " +"as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:120 -msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +msgid "" +"The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:123 -msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +msgid "" +"It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all " +"existing settings." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:127 -msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +msgid "" +"The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:130 -msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +msgid "" +"It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all " +"existing settings." msgstr "" #: src/clients/mail.rb:144 @@ -255,8 +268,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" +"Če izberete Brez povezave, bo poštni strežnik zagnan.\n" +"Vendar je možen samo krajevni prenos pošte. Posrednik za prenos pošte posluša " +"krajevnega gostitelja.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -285,20 +302,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Odhodni poštni strežnik je v splošnem namenjen klicnim povezavam.\n" -"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" +"Vpišite SMTP strežnik ponudnika internetskih storitev, npr. " +"smtp.ponudnik.si.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" +"V polje Uporabniško ime vpišite uporabniško ime, ki vam ga je " +"dodelil vaš ponudnik interneta.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -318,7 +339,8 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en strežnik,\n" +"Opomba: zaradi enostavnosti je v tem pogovornem oknu prikazan le en " +"strežnik,\n" "čeprav jih je v konfiguracijski datoteki lahko več.\n" "Le-ti ne bodo izgubljeni.\n" @@ -339,12 +361,15 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ta tabela preusmeri lokalno dostavljeno pošto.\n" -"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske uporabnike,\n" -"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.\n" +"Preusmerite jo na drugega lokalnega uporabnika (uporabno za sistemske " +"uporabnike,\n" +"zlasti za uporabnika root), na oddaljeni naslov ali seznam naslovov.<" +"/p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -458,11 +483,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:66 -msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +msgid "" +"Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " +"system." msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +msgid "" +"Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:77 @@ -471,11 +499,14 @@ #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:80 #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +msgid "" +"For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " +"account:" msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:92 -msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +msgid "" +"Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:95 @@ -483,7 +514,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema " +"and the corresponding index entries." msgstr "" #. Now we create the dialog: @@ -689,13 +722,12 @@ msgstr "Ne" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:698 src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 -#, fuzzy msgid "Use" -msgstr "Uporabnik" +msgstr "Uporabi" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:702 src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 msgid "Enforce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vsili" #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:714 #: src/include/mail/mail-server_dialogs.rb:1176 @@ -1177,8 +1209,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -"as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" -"Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" +"as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. " +"\n" +"Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<" +"br>\n" msgstr "" #. Setup dialog help 1/1 @@ -1250,7 +1284,8 @@ #: src/include/mail/mail-server_helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -"This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" +"This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " +"getting),\n" "including envelope information.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1286,15 +1321,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS in področni prenos</big> \n" -"To pogovorno okno uporabite za spremembo nastavitev dinamičnega DNS področja in nadzornega dostopa\n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za spremembo nastavitev dinamičnega DNS področja " +"in nadzornega dostopa\n" "do področja.\n" #. MailPrevention dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/mail/mail-server_helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -"Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -"In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" +"Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited " +"commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +"In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or " +"RBL\n" "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" " \n" msgstr "" @@ -1303,9 +1341,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/mail-server_helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -"If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" -"The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -"and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" +"If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " +"viruses and and for spam.\n" +"The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin<" +"/b> will be installed \n" +"and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner " +"engines.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1313,11 +1354,16 @@ #: src/include/mail/mail-server_helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -"The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" -"In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" -"which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" -"If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" -"the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" +"The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " +"method is cyrus imapd.\n" +"In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " +"created. Spam email \n" +"which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder <" +"b>NewSpam.\n" +"If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put " +"non-spam email into\n" +"the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " +"anyone.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1412,7 +1458,6 @@ #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" #| "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -1425,9 +1470,9 @@ "Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev %1 je izključena. Verjetno ste\n" -"neposredno spreminjali prilagoditvene datoteke.\n" +"neposredno spreminjali nastavitvene datoteke.\n" "Če boste nadaljevali, bo nastavitev vključena\n" -"in SuSEconfig bo prepisal ročne spremembe.\n" +"in Config Postfix bo prepisal ročne spremembe.\n" #. After text freeze, but #. a) either something is very broken -> user must know @@ -1437,12 +1482,11 @@ #. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup #. Translators: error popup #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." msgstr "" -"YaST lahko konfigurira le Postfix in Sendmail, vendar\n" +"YaST lahko nastavi le Postfix in Sendmail, vendar\n" "noben od njiju ni nameščen." #. not to be displayed, #37554. @@ -1487,10 +1531,9 @@ #. Translators: radio button label #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" -msgstr "Postfix Demon" +msgstr "Ne zaženi Postfixa v ozadju" #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label @@ -1523,9 +1566,8 @@ msgstr "&Podrobnosti..." #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 -#, fuzzy msgid "Start &fetchmail" -msgstr "Poženi zaznavanje" +msgstr "Zaženi &fetchmail" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 @@ -1825,7 +1867,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" @@ -1836,7 +1877,8 @@ "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočenje pregledovanja virusov bo preverjalo vhodno in izhodno pošto\n" +"Omogočanje pregledovanja virusov (AMaViS) bo preverjalo vhodno in " +"izhodno pošto\n" "preko AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -1847,6 +1889,11 @@ "DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" "Clamav open source virus scanner engine" msgstr "" +"Omogočenje AMaViS bo omogočilo tudi naslednje module:\n" +"Spamassassin: pregledovalnik neželene pošte\n" +"DKIM: preverja prejeto pošto, ki je podpisana z domenskim ključem<" +"/p>\n" +"ClamAV: odprtokodni pogon za pregledovanje virusov." #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 @@ -1862,11 +1909,10 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Omogoči podpisovanje DKIM za poslano pošto." #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" @@ -1876,8 +1922,7 @@ "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omogočenje pregledovanja virusov bo preverjalo vhodno in izhodno pošto\n" -"preko AMaViS.\n" +"Omogočanje podpisovanja DKIM za poslano pošto.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 @@ -1885,11 +1930,21 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Omogočanje DKIM za poslano pošto zahteva dodatna dejanja. Za vrednost " +"»mydomain«,\n" +"ki je določena v Postfix, bo ustvarjen ključ SSL. V Postfix bo nastavljena " +"nova storitev\n" +"»submission«. Po tem, ko je to nastavljeno, lahko s to storitvijo " +"»submission« pošiljate\n" +"pošto od »mynetworks« z omogočenim overjanjem SASL. S ključem domene bo\n" +"podpisana samo pošta, ki bo poslana s to novo storitvijo.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 @@ -1899,15 +1954,28 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Javni ključ domene mora ponujati storitev za imena domen. Shranjen bo\n" +"kot zapis DNS TXT v /var/db/dkim/[mojadomena].public.txt in ga je " +"potrebno\n" +"razmestiti v ustrezno storitev za imena domen. Če imenska storitev teče na " +"tem\n" +"strežniku, ki je avtoritativen strežnik za to domeno, bo ključ samodejno " +"dodan\n" +"kot zapis TXT za to domensko cono.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "" +"Če omogočite podporo za DKIM, bo omogočeno tudi pregledovanje virusov " +"(AMaViS)." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -1951,15 +2019,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "Način dostave je običajno procmail, razen če ne posredujete korenske pošte naprej ali ne želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"Način dostave je običajno Neposredno, razen če ne " +"posredujete pošte uporabnika root ali želite dostopati do pošte preko IMAP.<" +"/p>" #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 -#, fuzzy msgid "Reading the &User List" -msgstr "Branje nastavitev..." +msgstr "Branje seznama &uporabnikov" #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 @@ -1968,15 +2039,13 @@ #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 -#, fuzzy msgid "LDAP users" -msgstr "Vsi uporabniki" +msgstr "Uporabniki LDAP" #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 -#, fuzzy msgid "NIS users" -msgstr "Seznam NIS uporabnikov" +msgstr "Uporabniki NIS" #. Translators: error popup #. Translators: error popup @@ -2028,6 +2097,9 @@ "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" "Configure a scanner manually." msgstr "" +"AMaViS za dejansko pregledovanje uporablja pregledovalnik\n" +"virusov, kot je ClamAV. ClamAV ni bil najden. Ročno nastavite\n" +"pregledovalnik." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:251 @@ -2081,7 +2153,6 @@ #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line #: src/modules/Mail.rb:495 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -2104,10 +2175,9 @@ #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:967 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." msgid "Error running config.postfix" -msgstr "Napaka pri izvajanju SuSEconfig." +msgstr "Napaka pri izvajanju config.postfix" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message @@ -2150,10 +2220,9 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1094 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing Configuration" msgid "Running Config Postfix" -msgstr "Nastavitev usmerjanja " +msgstr "Izvajanje config.postfix" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1103 @@ -2172,15 +2241,13 @@ #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1312 -#, fuzzy msgid "Permanent" -msgstr "&Trajno" +msgstr "Trajna" #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dial-up" -msgstr "&Klicni način" +msgstr "Klicna" #. summary: connection type #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1318 @@ -2238,10 +2305,9 @@ #. summary header #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1363 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Use NIS" msgid "Use DKIM" -msgstr "&Uporabi NIS" +msgstr "Uporabi DKIM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 @@ -2589,7 +2655,9 @@ #: users-plugin/clients/users_plugin_mail_groups.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -msgstr "V tem pogovornem oknu lahko nastaviš Infra-rdečo kontrolo tvoje TV kartice." +msgstr "" +"V tem pogovornem oknu lahko nastaviš Infra-rdečo kontrolo tvoje TV " +"kartice." #. helptext 2/3 #. helptext 2/3 @@ -2603,7 +2671,8 @@ #: users-plugin/clients/users_plugin_mail.rb:230 #: users-plugin/clients/users_plugin_mail_groups.rb:225 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +"If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can " +"set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." msgstr "" Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) @@ -4,24 +4,26 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2004. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 22:43+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" -"Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 22:10+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module #: src/clients/nis.rb:74 @@ -146,13 +148,15 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" +".\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do 'ypbind' storitve\n" "z oddaljenih računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " +"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. help text @@ -167,17 +171,35 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" +"Izberite način spreminjanja nastavitev NIS. Običajno to opravlja skript " +"netconfig,\n" +"ki združi statično določene podatke od tu z dinamično pridobljenimi podatki\n" +"(npr. od odjemalca DHCP, orodja NetworkManager, itd.) To so privzeta pravila\n" +"in zadostujejo za večino nastavitev. Če izberete »Samo ročno spreminjanje«,\n" +"orodju netconfig onemogočite spreminjanje nastavitev. Datoteko lahko še " +"vedno\n" +"urejate ročno. Če izberete »Pravila po meri«, lahko določite niz s pravilom " +"po meri,\n" +"ki je sestavljen iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih s presledkom. Dovoljeni " +"so\n" +"nadomestni znaki. Posebni in v naprej določeni vrednosti sta STATIC in " +"STATIC_FALLBACK." +"Za podrobnosti si oglejte priročnik za netconfig.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -190,7 +212,6 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" #| "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -202,64 +223,64 @@ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki imenike\n" -"samodejno logično priklopi, kot na primer domače imenike uporabnikov.\n" +"Samodejni priklopnik (automounter) je prikriti proces (daemon), ki " +"mape\n" +"samodejno priklopi, kot na primer domače mape uporabnikov.\n" "Predpostavlja se, da njegove nastavitvene datoteke\n" -"(auto.*) obstajajo bodisi lokalno bodisi preko NIS-a." +"(auto.*) obstajajo bodisi krajevno bodisi preko NIS-a." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgid "" +"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." msgstr "" +"Nastavitve NFS, ki vplivajo na delovanje samodejnega priklopnika, lahko " +"nastavite v »Odjemalec NFS«, ki je dosegljiv s klikom na gumb Nastavitev " +"NFS." # &A is taken (&Abbrechen) #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 -#, fuzzy msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" -msgstr "&Samodejna nastavitev (preko DHCP)" +msgstr "Samodejna nas&tavitev (z NetworkManager in DHCP)" # &A is taken (&Abbrechen) #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" -msgstr "&Samodejna nastavitev (preko DHCP)" +msgstr "Samodejna nas&tavitev (z DHCP)" #. frame label #. frame label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 msgid "NIS client" -msgstr "NIS odjemalec" +msgstr "Odjemalec NIS" #. combo box label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" -msgstr "Način hlajenja" +msgstr "&Pravila netconfig za NIS" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "Only Manual Changes" -msgstr "Le ročno" +msgstr "Samo ročno spreminjanje" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 -#, fuzzy msgid "Default Policy" -msgstr "Privzeta domena" +msgstr "Privzeta pravila" #. combo box item #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 -#, fuzzy msgid "Custom Policy" -msgstr "Tihi n&ačin" +msgstr "Pravila po meri" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 -#, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Policy" -msgstr "Tihi n&ačin" +msgstr "Pra&vila po meri" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 @@ -316,10 +337,9 @@ #. button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." msgid "NFS Configuration..." -msgstr "&NTP Nastavitev..." +msgstr "Nastavitev NFS ..." #. dialog title #. dialog title @@ -348,14 +368,26 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." -msgstr "Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." +msgid "" +"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Navadno lahko vsak gostitelj poizve, kateri strežnik uporablja uporabnik. " +"Omejitev na lokalnega gostitelja dosežete z izključitvijo možnosti " +"Odgovori oddaljenemu gostitelju." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." -msgstr "Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak strežnik bolje zamenjati." +msgid "" +"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server." +msgstr "" +"Označite Prekinjen strežnik če naj bodo sprejeti odgovori iz " +"nepriviligiranih vrat. Takšno početje je varnostno tveganje in je tak " +"strežnik bolje zamenjati." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -436,8 +468,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -msgstr "Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za iskanje NIS strežnika." +msgid "" +"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS " +"server." +msgstr "" +"Protokol iskanja lokacije storitev (SLP) se lahko uporabi za " +"iskanje NIS strežnika." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/samba-users.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) @@ -2,42 +2,53 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:50+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "Tukaj lahko uredite (spremenite) nastavitve uporabniškega samba računa.." +msgstr "Tukaj lahko uredite nastavitve uporabnikovega računa Samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Če ne vpišete vrednosti za" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " -msgstr "Domača enota, Domači imenik, Pot do profila in Prijavne skripta " +msgid "" +"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " +"Script " +msgstr "" +"Domači disk, Domača mapa, Pot do profila in Prijavni " +"skript " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -msgstr "bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v lokalnih Samba nastavitvah." +msgid "" +"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be " +"used." +msgstr "" +"bodo uporabljene privzete vrednosti, ki so zapisane v krajevnih Samba " +"nastavitvah." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" -msgstr "Domača enota" +msgstr "Domači disk" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 @@ -46,7 +57,7 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" -msgstr "Domači imenik" +msgstr "Domača mapa" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" @@ -55,11 +66,11 @@ #. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" -msgstr "Prijavna skripta" +msgstr "Prijavni skript" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" -msgstr "Samba račun je onemogočen" +msgstr "Račun Samba ni omogočen" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" @@ -70,50 +81,61 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" -msgstr "Uredi Samba atribute" +msgstr "Uredi lastnosti Samba" #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " +"Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " +"attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " +"other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name" +"\n" "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" +"Ta vstavek lahko uporabite, da omogočite razpoložljivost skupine LDAP v " +"Samba.\n" +"Edina nastavitev, ki jo lahko urejate tu, je lastnost Ime skupine Samba" +",\n" +"ki je ime skupine, ki bo prikazano odjemalcem Samba. Vse ostale nastavitve " +"se\n" +"določijo samodejno. Če Ime skupine Samba pustite prazno, bo\n" +"uporabljeno ime, ki je nastavljeno v globalnih nastavitvah te skupine.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" -msgstr "Ime Samba skupine" +msgstr "Ime skupine Samba" #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" -msgstr "Samba atributi" +msgstr "Lastnosti Samba" #. summary #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" -msgstr "Uredi parametre samba računa" +msgstr "Upravljanje parametrov računa Samba" #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." -msgstr "Posodobitev objectclass atributa ni bila mogoča." +msgstr "Posodobitev lastnosti objectClass ni bila mogoča." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." -msgstr "Inicializacija SambaSID ni narejena. Vstavek je onemogočen." +msgstr "Inicializacija Samba SID ni bila mogoča. Vstavek ni omogočen." #: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" -msgstr "Za izdelavo Samba računa, spremenite geslo" +msgstr "Za izdelavo računa Samba spremenite geslo" #. summary #: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" -msgstr "Ureditev Samba atributov za LDAP skupine" +msgstr "Upravljanje lastnosti Samba skupin LDAP" #~ msgid "Help" #~ msgstr "Pomoč" Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/sysconfig.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) @@ -4,31 +4,33 @@ # translation of sysconfig.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # German message file for YaST2 (rc_config). # Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Antje Faber <afaber(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2003, 2004, 2005. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" -msgstr "Urejevalnik za datoteke v imeniku /etc/sysconfig" +msgstr "Urejevalnik za datoteke v mapi /etc/sysconfig" #. help text for command 'list' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 @@ -41,6 +43,8 @@ #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "" +"Nastavi vrednost spremenljivke. Potrebuje možnosti »spremenljivka« in " +"»vrednost«" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -48,13 +52,14 @@ #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "" +"ali »spremenljivka=vrednost«. Na primer variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ali preprosto DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 @@ -74,19 +79,19 @@ #. help text for option 'variable' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" -msgstr "Izbrana spremenljivka." +msgstr "Izbrana spremenljivka" #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Če je spremenljivka na voljo v več datotekah, uporabite" #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," -msgstr "" +msgstr "skladnjo <spremenljivka>$<ime_datoteke>." #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -msgstr "" +msgstr "na primer CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." #. help text for option 'value' #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 @@ -109,12 +114,12 @@ "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nastavitev spremenljivke '%1' na '%2': %3" +"Nastavitev spremenljivke »%1« na »%2«: %3" #. result message #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" -msgstr "Uspeh" +msgstr "Uspešno" #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" @@ -132,7 +137,7 @@ #. command line output #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." -msgstr "Ne nejdem spremenljivke %1." +msgstr "Spremenljivka %1 ni bila najdena." #. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 @@ -142,7 +147,8 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>\n" +"Uporabite polno ime spremenljivke v obliki <IME_SPREMENLJIVKE>$<IME_DATOTEKE>" +"\n" "(npr., %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -183,22 +189,22 @@ #. allowed value description - any value is allowed #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" -msgstr "Katerakoli vredost" +msgstr "Katerakoli vrednost" #. allowed value description - IP adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" -msgstr "IPv4 ali IPv6 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv4 ali IPv6" #. allowed value description - IPv4 adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv4" #. allowed value description - IPv6 adress #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" -msgstr "IPv6 naslov" +msgstr "Naslov IPv6" #. rich text item #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 @@ -219,7 +225,7 @@ #. rich text value #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " -msgstr "Originalna vrednost: " +msgstr "Prvotna vrednost: " #. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 @@ -229,12 +235,12 @@ #. header in the variable description text, SuSEconfig/ULconfig module names are appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " -msgstr "Nastavitvena skripta: " +msgstr "Nastavitveni skript: " #. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " -msgstr "Storitev za ponovni zagon: " +msgstr "Storitev za ponovno nalaganje: " #. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 @@ -254,7 +260,7 @@ #. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" -msgstr "(spremenjeno)" +msgstr "(spremenjena)" #. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string #. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string @@ -272,7 +278,7 @@ "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" msgstr "" "Trenutno izbrana vrednost ima več kot eno vrstico.\n" -"Združene vrstice so prikazane v combo okvirju.\n" +"Združene vrstice so prikazane v spustnem seznamu.\n" #. header label #. label widget @@ -288,8 +294,8 @@ "\n" "Really set this value?\n" msgstr "" -"Vrednost '%1'\n" -"ne ustreza tipu '%2'.\n" +"Vrednost »%1«\n" +"ne ustreza vrsti »%2«.\n" "\n" "Resnično želite uporabiti to vrednost?\n" @@ -318,25 +324,33 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Po shranitvi vaših sprememb, urejevalnik spremeni spremenljivke v \n" "ustrezni sysconfig datoteki. Nato požene uveljavitvene ukaze, ki spremenijo \n" "nastavitve v pomožnih nastavitvenih datotekah, ustavi/požene \n" -"daemon-e in požene nastavitvena orodja na najnižni ravni. S tem \n" +"daemon-e in požene nastavitvena orodja na najnižji ravni. S tem \n" "nastavitve v sysconfig stopijo v veljavo.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/3 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"Pomembno:Še vedno lahko posamezne nastavitvene datoteke spreminjate " +"ročno. Ime datoteke je navedeno v opisu spremenljivke." #. helptext for popup - part 3/3 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:829 msgid "" -" SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -" you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +" SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect " +"if\n" +" you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration " +"file manually,\n" " it will not touch it.\n" msgstr "" " SuSEconfig za vsako nastavitveno datoteko shrani njeno kontrolno vsoto \n" @@ -354,15 +368,24 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:872 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "Urejevalnik prilagoditve sistemaZ urejevalnikom prilagoditve sistema lahko spremenite nekatere nastavitve sistema. Z orodjem YaST lahko prilagodite strojne in sistemske nastavitve." +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"Urejevalnik nastavitev sistemaZ urejevalnikom nastavitev " +"sistema lahko spremenite nekatere sistemske nastavitve. Nastavitve strojne " +"opreme in sistema lahko spremenite tudi z orodjem YaST." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:876 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz prilagoditvenih datotek." +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Obvestilo:Opisi niso prevedeni, ker so prenešeni neposredno iz " +"nastavitvenih datotek." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:883 @@ -376,10 +399,9 @@ #. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Modified Variables" msgid "Save Modified Variables" -msgstr "Spremenjene spremenljivke" +msgstr "Shrani spremenjene spremenljivke" #. checkbox label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:933 @@ -393,8 +415,12 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:957 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in pritisnite na gumb \"Pojdi na\". S pritiskom na \"Prekliči\" zapustite iskanje." +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"Prikazani so rezultati iskanja. Če je iskan pojem prikazan, ga izberite in " +"pritisnite na gumb »Pojdi na«. S pritiskom na »Prekliči« zapustite iskanje." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:962 @@ -404,7 +430,7 @@ #. popup message - search result message #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:987 msgid "No entries found" -msgstr "Ni vnosov" +msgstr "Ni najdenih vnosov" #. popup window header #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:998 @@ -414,7 +440,7 @@ #. search popup window header #: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" -msgstr "Iskanje prilagoditvenih spremenljivk" +msgstr "Iskanje nastavitvenih spremenljivk" #. text entry label #: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/wol.sl.po 2014-09-24 20:45:26 UTC (rev 89448) @@ -2,21 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -51,13 +54,13 @@ "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." msgstr "" -"Paket ni bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" +"Paketa ni bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" "Namestite manjkajoče pakete in poskusite ponovno." #. Table header #: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" -msgstr "MAC naslov" +msgstr "Naslov MAC" #: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" @@ -78,14 +81,14 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"S pomočjo WOL, lahko 'zbudite' vaš PC enostavno s pošiljko 'magičnega paketa' \n" +"S pomočjo WoL, lahko računalnik enostavno »zbudite« s pošiljanjem " +"»magičnega paketa« \n" "preko omrežja." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); #: src/clients/wol.rb:127 -#, fuzzy msgid "Really delete this item?" -msgstr "Resnično izbrišem to domeno?" +msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati to postavko?" #: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" @@ -100,7 +103,7 @@ "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " msgstr "" -"MAC naslov\n" +"Naslov MAC\n" "odjemalca: " #. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf @@ -112,5 +115,7 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "Predhodno nastavljenih odjemalcev ni na voljo.\n" -"Pač pa je bila najdena DHCP nastavitev na tem sistemu. Naj uvozim nastavitve\n" -"gostiteljev (MAC naslove in imena gostiteljev) iz '/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" +"Pač pa so na tem sistemu bile najdene nastavitve DHCP. Ali želite uvoziti " +"nastavitve\n" +"gostiteljev (naslove MAC in imena gostiteljev) iz »/etc/dhcpd.conf«?\n" + -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89447 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 21:01:29 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89447 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -4,23 +4,25 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2004, 2005. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:49+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:41+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. is this proposal or not? #: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 @@ -182,7 +184,6 @@ #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 -#, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Paket %1 je bil uspešno nameščen." @@ -277,7 +278,9 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:603 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem oknu." +msgstr "" +"Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem " +"oknu." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -379,7 +382,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ime storitve vsebuje nedovoljen znak »/«." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 @@ -445,7 +448,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev omrežnih storitev</big> \n" "Kliknite Omogoči, da omogočite omrežne servise, ki jih upravljate \n" -"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite Onemogoči.\n" +"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite " +"Onemogoči.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -462,20 +466,24 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " +"configured." msgstr "" "<big>Status storitev:</big> \n" "Vse storitve označene z --- so neaktivne (zaklenjene).\n" "Vse storitve označene z Vklop so aktivne (odklenjene).\n" -"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti." +"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " +"Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Spreminjanje statusa storitve:</big> \n" -"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" +"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop " +"statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -502,15 +510,16 @@ "Izberite Ustvari in izpolnite obrazec.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Prekinitev nastavitve:</big>\n" "S pritiskom na gumb Prekini prekinete nastavitev.\n" -"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala nespremenjena.\n" +"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala " +"nespremenjena.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -550,8 +559,11 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" -msgstr "To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "" +"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -575,11 +587,13 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in " +"/etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v /etc/protocols.\n" +"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v " +"/etc/protocols.\n" "Na primer: tcp,udp,rpc/tcp in rpc/udp.\n" "\n" @@ -600,13 +614,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vnos čakaj/ne čakaj določa, če je storitev eno- ali več-nitna\n" "in ali nove povezave sprejema xinetd ali strežniški program. Vrednost\n" -"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu \n" -"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev deluje.\n" +"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu " +"\n" +"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev " +"deluje.\n" "Nove povezave sprejema strežnik za storitev. Vrednost ne pomeni, da\n" -"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu strežnika \n" +"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu " +"strežnika \n" "za storitev.\n" "udp/dgram storitve nadavno pričakujejo vrednost da,\n" -"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno pričakujejo \n" +"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno " +"pričakujejo \n" "vrednost ne.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -715,3 +733,4 @@ #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:626 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Ti servisi bodo omogočeni" + Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -1,25 +1,28 @@ -# translation of irda.sl_SI.po to +# translation of irda.sl_SI.po to # translation of irda.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>, 2004. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: irda.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-11 19:51+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" -"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:43+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xirda module #: src/clients/irda.rb:52 @@ -59,7 +62,7 @@ #. log view label (log will contain english messages) #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:142 msgid "Discovery log (kernel diagnostics)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dnevnik odkrivanja (diagnostika jedra)" #. error text #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:179 @@ -73,23 +76,37 @@ #. help text for IrDA 1/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:218 -msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "" +"Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." msgstr "Nastavi infrardeči vmesnik (IrDA) za vaš računalnik." #. help text for IrDA 2/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:222 -msgid "Choose the correct serial port for Port. Refer to your BIOS setup to find out which is correct." -msgstr "Izberi prava serijska vrata za Vrata. Poglej BIOS setup katera vrata so prava." +msgid "" +"Choose the correct serial port for Port. Refer to your BIOS setup " +"to find out which is correct." +msgstr "" +"Izberi prava serijska vrata za Vrata. Poglej BIOS setup katera " +"vrata so prava." #. help text for IrDA 3/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:226 -msgid "To test if it works, put your IrDA device (phone, PDA, etc.) in range of your infrared port and push Test." -msgstr "Za preizkus delovanja postavi tvojo IrDA napravo (telefon, PDA, itd.) v območje tvojega IrDA in pritisni Test." +msgid "" +"To test if it works, put your IrDA device (phone, PDA, etc.) in range of " +"your infrared port and push Test." +msgstr "" +"Za preizkus delovanja postavi tvojo IrDA napravo (telefon, PDA, itd.) v " +"območje tvojega IrDA in pritisni Test." #. help text for IrDA 4/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:230 -msgid "For some mobile phones, the speed of the infrared connection must be limited. Try setting Maximum Baud Rate if you encounter problems." -msgstr "Za nekatere mobilne telefone mora biti hitrost infrardeče povezave omejena. Če naletite na težave, poskusite nastavitev Največja baudna hitrost." +msgid "" +"For some mobile phones, the speed of the infrared connection must be " +"limited. Try setting Maximum Baud Rate if you encounter problems." +msgstr "" +"Za nekatere mobilne telefone mora biti hitrost infrardeče povezave " +"omejena. Če naletite na težave, poskusite nastavitev Največja baudna " +"hitrost." #. radio button label #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:256 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -2,26 +2,29 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:29+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. label for text field showing the selected dir #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" -msgstr "Izberite imenik:" +msgstr "Izberite mapo:" #. label for checkbox #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 @@ -32,13 +35,13 @@ #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:667 #: src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 src/NCFileSelection.cc:687 msgid "Directory Name" -msgstr "Naziv imenika" +msgstr "Ime mape" #. stretchable = true #. add the OK button #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" -msgstr "&OK" +msgstr "&V redu" #. add the Cancel button #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 @@ -46,9 +49,8 @@ msgstr "&Prekliči" #: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "Directory name" -msgstr "Naziv imenika" +msgstr "Ime mape" #. column header name of the file #: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:435 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004. # Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>, 2006. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:27+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -139,12 +140,20 @@ #. Summary is visible even if firewall is disabled - it also installs and enables the SSHD service #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:138 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -msgstr "Storitev SSH bo omogočena, vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči in zapri</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable " +"and close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Storitev SSH bo omogočena, vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči in " +"zapri</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:144 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -msgstr "Storitev SSH bo onemogočena, vrata SSH bodo zaprta (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči in odpri</a)" +msgid "" +"SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable " +"and open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Storitev SSH bo onemogočena, vrata SSH bodo zaprta (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči in " +"odpri</a)" #. Proposal title #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:219 @@ -163,7 +172,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" -msgstr "Odprta vrata &VNC" +msgstr "Odpri vrata &VNC" #. frame label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:246 @@ -183,17 +192,22 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:276 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Požarni zid in SSH</big> \n" -"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi napadi.\n" -"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta računalnik." +"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi " +"napadi.\n" +"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta " +"računalnik." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Tu lahko izberete ali bo po namestitvi požarni zid omogočen.\n" @@ -201,12 +215,16 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:285 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. " +"it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu odpreti\n" -"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. To omogoči tudi storitev SSH (zagnana\n" +"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu " +"odpreti\n" +"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. To omogoči tudi storitev " +"SSH (zagnana\n" "bo ob zagonu računalnika)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -382,8 +400,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:921 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč izvesti." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč " +"izvesti." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -393,14 +414,18 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na strežniku.\n" +"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na " +"strežniku.\n" "To še ne pomeni, da so nastavitve omrežja napačne.\n" "\n" -"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok vseh\n" -"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje omrežja\n" +"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok " +"vseh\n" +"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje " +"omrežja\n" "kliknite »Prekliči«.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -644,7 +669,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega upravljanja" +msgstr "" +"Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega " +"upravljanja" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -817,8 +844,11 @@ msgstr "Določen mora biti naslov IP cilja." #: src/clients/routing.rb:302 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1102,7 +1132,8 @@ #. configured cards are identified by the string after ifcfg-, #. unconfigured ones by "-%1" where %1 is the index in hardware list #: src/include/network/complex.rb:716 -msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +msgid "" +"The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." msgstr "Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi." #. DSL read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1199,7 +1230,8 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Urejanje ali brisanje:</BIG> \n" "Izberite DSL napravo, ki ji želite spremeniti nastavitev ali jo\n" -"odstraniti. Po izbiri pritisnite ustrezni gumb: Uredi ali Izbriši." +"odstraniti. Po izbiri pritisnite ustrezni gumb: Uredi ali Izbriši<" +"/B>." #: src/include/network/dsl/complex.rb:337 #: src/include/network/isdn/complex.rb:408 @@ -1264,16 +1296,20 @@ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -"Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" -"Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" +"Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to " +"your computer.\n" +"Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN " +"server.\n" "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " msgstr "" "Najprej izberite svoj način PPP. To je lahko\n" "PPP preko Etherneta (PPPoE) ali PPP preko ATM (PPPoATM),\n" "CAPI za ADSL ali Protokol tuneliranja od točke do točke (PPTP).\n" -"Uporabite PPP preko Etherneta, če je vaš modem DSL na računalnik priključen\n" +"Uporabite PPP preko Etherneta, če je vaš modem DSL na računalnik " +"priključen\n" "preko Etherneta.\n" -"Uporabite Protokol tuneliranja od točke do točke, če se želite povezati s strežnikom VPN.\n" +"Uporabite Protokol tuneliranja od točke do točke, če se želite " +"povezati s strežnikom VPN.\n" "Če niste prepričani, kateri način uporabiti, vprašajte svojega ponudnika." #. DSL dialog help 3/8 @@ -1666,7 +1702,8 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Urejanje ali brisanje:</BIG> \n" "Izberite kartico ISDN ali povezavo, katere nastavitev želite spreminjati ali\n" -"izbrisati. Nato pritisnite ustrezni gumb: Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" +"izbrisati. Nato pritisnite ustrezni gumb: Uredi ali Izbriši." +"\n" #: src/include/network/isdn/complex.rb:408 msgid "Hardware" @@ -1710,7 +1747,8 @@ #. help text 3/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/ifdetails.rb:84 msgid "" -"If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +"If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " +"special \n" "processing.\n" msgstr "" "Če je povratni klic izključen, so klici obdelani brez\n" @@ -1719,26 +1757,37 @@ #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/ifdetails.rb:92 msgid "" -"If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +"If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " +"callback \n" "is triggered.\n" -msgstr "Če je povratni klic nastavljen na strežnik, bo po prejemu klica sprožen povratni klic.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če je povratni klic nastavljen na strežnik, bo po prejemu " +"klica sprožen povratni klic.\n" #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/ifdetails.rb:100 msgid "" -"If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" +"If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial " +"call then \n" "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" -msgstr "Če je povratni klic nastavljen na odjemalec, krajevni sistem izvede začetni klic in nato čaka na povratni klic oddaljenega računalnika.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če je povratni klic nastavljen na odjemalec, krajevni sistem " +"izvede začetni klic in nato čaka na povratni klic oddaljenega računalnika." +"\n" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/ifdetails.rb:108 msgid "" -"Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" -"callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" +"Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call " +"and the\n" +"callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server " +"than on\n" "the client.\n" msgstr "" -"Zakasnitev povratnega klica je število sekund med začetnim in povratnim\n" -"klicem (strežnik) ali prekinitvijo klica (odjemalec). Daljša mora biti na strežniku kot na\n" +"Zakasnitev povratnega klica je število sekund med začetnim in " +"povratnim\n" +"klicem (strežnik) ali prekinitvijo klica (odjemalec). Daljša mora biti na " +"strežniku kot na\n" "odjemalcu.\n" #. help text 7/7 @@ -1822,7 +1871,8 @@ #: src/include/network/isdn/interface.rb:95 msgid "" "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -"interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" +"interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to " +"the\n" "same interface.\n" msgstr "" "Za preklapljanje med različnimi ponudniki medmrežnih storitev,\n" @@ -1895,8 +1945,10 @@ msgid "" "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" -"to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" -"MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +"to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " +"the\n" +"MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " +"digits\n" "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" "the default MSN is actually used." msgstr "" @@ -1939,12 +1991,15 @@ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" " \n" "</tt>\n" -"You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" -"there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" +"You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " +"automatically. If\n" +"there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes " +"down, it \n" "removes a channel.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Z izbiro Združevanje kanalov bo vzpostavljena 128-kilobitna povezava\n" +"Z izbiro Združevanje kanalov bo vzpostavljena 128-kilobitna " +"povezava\n" "poznana tudi kot večkratna povezava PPP. Za vklop in izklop drugega\n" "kanala uporabite naslednje ukaze:\n" "<tt>\n" @@ -1952,8 +2007,10 @@ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" " \n" "</tt>\n" -"Če želite, da se to zgodi samodejno, lahko namestite paket xibod. Če se\n" -"pojavi potreba po večji pasovni širini, bo kanal dodan. Če pa se promet zmanjša,\n" +"Če želite, da se to zgodi samodejno, lahko namestite paket xibod. Če " +"se\n" +"pojavi potreba po večji pasovni širini, bo kanal dodan. Če pa se promet " +"zmanjša,\n" "bo kanal odstranjen.\n" "\n" @@ -1963,13 +2020,15 @@ "Selecting\n" "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" "and sets this interface as external.\n" -"Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" +"Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " +"established.\n" "" msgstr "" "Z izbiro možnosti\n" "Zunanji vmesnik požarnega zidu vključite požarni zid in\n" "določite vmesnik kot zunanji.\n" -"Ponovno zaženi požarni zid se požarni zid ponovno zažene, če je povezava vzpostavljena.\n" +"Ponovno zaženi požarni zid se požarni zid ponovno zažene, če je " +"povezava vzpostavljena.\n" "" #. ComboBox label @@ -2039,7 +2098,8 @@ "This is the default with most providers.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite Dinamični naslov IP, če vam ponudnik ob vsaki povezavi dodeli\n" +"Izberite Dinamični naslov IP, če vam ponudnik ob vsaki povezavi " +"dodeli\n" "začasni naslov IP. V tem primeru izhodni naslov ni znan do trenutka,\n" "ko se povezava vzpostavi. To je privzet način dela za večino ponudnikov.\n" @@ -2199,7 +2259,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -"For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" +"For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " +"salesman.\n" msgstr "" "Če imate starejšo kartico ISA, lahko vnesete vrednosti\n" "za vhodno/izhodna vrata, naslov v pomnilniku\n" @@ -2231,7 +2292,8 @@ #. helptext text 4/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/lowlevel.rb:583 msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -msgstr "Protokol ISDN: V večini primerov je to protokol Euro-ISDN." +msgstr "" +"Protokol ISDN: V večini primerov je to protokol Euro-ISDN." #. helptext text 5/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/lowlevel.rb:591 @@ -2246,16 +2308,22 @@ #: src/include/network/isdn/lowlevel.rb:599 msgid "" "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -"enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" +"enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one " +"is \"0\".\n" msgstr "" "Predpona za klic: Če za dostop do zunanje linije \n" -"potrebujete dodatno številko, jo vnesite sem. Ta se uporablja samo na notranjem\n" +"potrebujete dodatno številko, jo vnesite sem. Ta se uporablja samo na " +"notranjem\n" "vodilu S0 in je običajno številka »0«.\n" #. helptext text 7/7 #: src/include/network/isdn/lowlevel.rb:607 -msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." -msgstr "Če ne želite beležiti vsega prometa ISDN, ne omogočite Zaženi dnevnik za ISDN." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " +"Log." +msgstr "" +"Če ne želite beležiti vsega prometa ISDN, ne omogočite Zaženi dnevnik " +"za ISDN." #. Frame title #: src/include/network/isdn/lowlevel.rb:626 @@ -2582,7 +2650,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:274 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." +msgstr "" +"Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -2732,15 +2801,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " +"Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Prednost ifplugd</big>\n" -"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" -"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob priključitvi kabla,\n" -"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno nastaviti prednost\n" +"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" +"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob " +"priključitvi kabla,\n" +"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno " +"nastaviti prednost\n" "vsakega vmesnika.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1421 @@ -3003,8 +3078,12 @@ msgstr "Za določitev naprave uporabite možnost »id«." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti uporabite možnost »list«." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti " +"uporabite možnost »list«." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -3109,8 +3188,10 @@ msgstr "" "Naprava za pravilno delovanje potrebuje strojno programsko opremo.\n" "Običajno jo lahko prenesete s spletne strani izdelovalca gonilnika.\n" -"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite Nadaljuj\n" -"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se vrnite\n" +"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite " +"Nadaljuj\n" +"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se " +"vrnite\n" "v to pogovorno okno, ko boste namestili strojno programsko opremo.\n" #. this is one of 3 places to install packages :-( @@ -3123,8 +3204,12 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje strojne programske opreme" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:276 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript »install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript " +"»install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:290 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -3138,7 +3223,6 @@ msgstr "Potreben je programček" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:357 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" #| "(knetworkmanager for KDE and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -3148,8 +3232,8 @@ "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev knetworkmanager\n" -"ali GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" +"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev gradnik za namizje Plasma ali " +"GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" "Prepričajte se, da je zagnan, in ga po potrebi ročno zaženite." #. Continue-Cancel popup @@ -3239,21 +3323,28 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:96 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki omogočajo\n" -"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim imenom\n" +"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki " +"omogočajo\n" +"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim " +"imenom\n" "(npr. eth0 in wlan0), ki ostane nespremenjeno tudi po ponovnem zagonu.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:102 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " +"blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje nastavljenega\n" -"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče diode na\n" +"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje " +"nastavljenega\n" +"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče " +"diode na\n" "omrežnem vmesniku bodo utripale za navedeni čas.\n" "" @@ -3261,8 +3352,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:115 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Modul jedra. Sem vnesite ime modula (gonilnika) jedra za\n" "omrežno napravo. Če je naprava že nastavljena, v spustnem seznamu\n" @@ -3273,8 +3366,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:122 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " +"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" "Določite Možnosti modula jedra. Uporabite obliko\n" "možnost=vrednost. Možnosti naj bodo ločene\n" @@ -3283,8 +3378,12 @@ "združijo.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:128 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi možnostmi.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi " +"možnostmi.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:137 @@ -3491,24 +3590,40 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1104 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1107 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik omogočen prevzem naslova IP." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " +"for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik " +"omogočen prevzem naslova IP." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1110 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " +"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1113 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " +"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1137 @@ -3636,8 +3751,10 @@ "for switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Način nastavitve omrežja</big>\n" -"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav vseh\n" -"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi omrežji.\n" +"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav " +"vseh\n" +"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi " +"omrežji.\n" #. Network setup method help #. NetworkManager and ifup are programs @@ -3647,8 +3764,10 @@ "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate grafičnega\n" -"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več vmesnikov hkrati.\n" +"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate " +"grafičnega\n" +"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več " +"vmesnikov hkrati.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 msgid "" @@ -3685,7 +3804,8 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitve protokola IPv6</big>\n" @@ -3718,54 +3838,74 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in omrežno masko.\n" -"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite napravo, skozi katero\n" +"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in " +"omrežno masko.\n" +"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite " +"napravo, skozi katero\n" "bo usmerjen promet v ciljno omrežje. »-« pomeni katerikoli vmesnik.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 msgid "" "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" -"to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" +"to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 " +"connectivity \n" "will be affected by this setting. \n" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is " +"not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Omogočite Posredovanje IP (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih omrežij v\n" -"notranjega), če je ta računalnik usmerjevalnik. Ta nastavitev vpliva na povezovanje\n" -"IPv4 in IPv6. Pomembno: če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje IP\n" -"ni dovolj. Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem zidu nastaviti\n" +"Omogočite Posredovanje IP (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih omrežij " +"v\n" +"notranjega), če je ta računalnik usmerjevalnik. Ta nastavitev vpliva na " +"povezovanje\n" +"IPv4 in IPv6. Pomembno: če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje " +"IP\n" +"ni dovolj. Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem " +"zidu nastaviti\n" "vsaj eno pravilo preusmerjanja. Uporabite YaST-ov modul za požarni zid.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:111 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " +"\n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali preko\n" +"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali " +"preko\n" "DHCP-ja dobite tudi ime gostitelja. Odjemalec DHCP bo samodejno nastavil\n" "ime gostitelja. Če ime gostitelja spremenite med delovanjem, to lahko zmede\n" -"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna omrežja,\n" +"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna " +"omrežja,\n" "ki dodeljujejo različna imena gostitelja. " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " +"\n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega računalnika\n" -"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je uporabno,\n" -"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene omrežne povezave.\n" -"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja omrežne storitve.\n" +"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega " +"računalnika\n" +"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je " +"uporabno,\n" +"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene " +"omrežne povezave.\n" +"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja " +"omrežne storitve.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -3796,24 +3936,31 @@ msgstr "" "Iskalna domena je ime domene, kjer se iskanje gostiteljskega imena začne.\n" "Glavna iskana domena je običajno enaka imenu domene tega računalnika\n" -"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. primer.com).\n" +"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. " +"primer.com).\n" "Domene ločite z vejico ali presledkom.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " +"domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. primer.si),\n" -"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za e-pošto. Ime\n" +"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. <" +"i>primer.si),\n" +"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za " +"e-pošto. Ime\n" "gostitelja tega računalnika si lahko ogledate z ukazom hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" @@ -3821,8 +3968,10 @@ msgstr "" "Izberite način način spreminjanja nastavitev DNS (imenskih strežnikov,\n" "iskalnega seznama, vsebine datoteke /etc/resolv.conf). Običajno t\n" -"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z dinamično\n" -"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je privzeto.\n" +"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z " +"dinamično\n" +"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je " +"privzeto.\n" "Za večino nastavitev zadostuje možnost Uporabi privzeta pravila.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:155 @@ -3837,11 +3986,16 @@ "policy.\n" msgstr "" "Če izberete Le ročno, netconfig ne bo več smel spreminjati\n" -"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če izberete\n" -"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je sestavljen\n" -"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne znake.\n" -"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za podrobnosti si\n" -"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje prazno, je to isto,\n" +"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če " +"izberete\n" +"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je " +"sestavljen\n" +"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne " +"znake.\n" +"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za " +"podrobnosti si\n" +"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje " +"prazno, je to isto,\n" "kot bi izbrali možnost Le ročno.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -3849,15 +4003,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev naslova</big>\n" -"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite dodeliti\n" +"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite " +"dodeliti\n" "naslova IP. To je še posebej uporabno za vezanje naprav Ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:173 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " +"BIOS.\n" msgstr "Omogočite iBFT, če želite omrežje nastaviti v BIOS-u.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -3877,39 +4035,55 @@ "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Izberite enega od načinov dinamičnega dodeljevanja naslovov. Če imate v\n" -"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne naslove\n" +"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne " +"naslove\n" "se potem samodejno pridobi od tega strežnika.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite Zeroconf.\n" -"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf.\n" +"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite " +"Zeroconf.\n" +"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf<" +"/b>.\n" "Drugače je omrežne naslove potrebno dodeliti statično.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" -msgstr "Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).\n" +msgstr "" +"Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika " +"in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).<" +"/p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" +"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega računalnika\n" -"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ali le dolžino\n" -"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime gostitelja\n" -"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega " +"računalnika\n" +"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0<" +"/tt> ali le dolžino\n" +"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime " +"gostitelja\n" +"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.<" +"/p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 @@ -3946,8 +4120,12 @@ "druga področja pa tudi ne obstajajo, bo požarni zid onemogočen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se " +"ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:223 msgid "" @@ -3959,18 +4137,24 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Največja enota prenosa</big>\n" -"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je največja velikost\n" -"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno nastavljati,\n" -"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na počasnih\n" -"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite svojo.\n" +"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je " +"največja velikost\n" +"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno " +"nastavljati,\n" +"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na " +"počasnih\n" +"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite " +"svojo.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:231 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Izberite podrejene naprave za vezno napravo.\n" -"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." +"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in " +"izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:236 @@ -3989,7 +4173,8 @@ "Če določilnika odjemalca DHCPne nastavite, je privzet kar\n" "strojni naslov omrežnega vmesnika. Biti mora različen za vsakega odjemalca\n" "DHCP v nekem omrežju. Če imate več (navideznih) računalnikov,\n" -"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto navedite\n" +"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto " +"navedite\n" "edinstven določilnik." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 @@ -4000,27 +4185,34 @@ "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" +"\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Poslano ime gostitelja določa niz, ki se uporabi kot ime\n" -"gostitelja, ko dhcpcd pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri strežniki DHCP\n" +"gostitelja, ko dhcpcd pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri strežniki " +"DHCP\n" "posodobijo področja imenskega strežnika (zapise za obe smeri) glede na\n" "to ime (dinamičen DNS).\n" "Nekateri DHCP strežniki potrebujejo tudi, da polje\n" -"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca DHCP.\n" -"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr to, ki je določeno v\n" +"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca " +"DHCP.\n" +"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr to, ki je " +"določeno v\n" "<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). Pustite prazno, da se ime gostitelja ne pošlje.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:258 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -"Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" +"Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " +"table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dodatni naslovi</big>\n" -"V tej razpredelnici lahko nastavite dodatne naslove vmesnika (vzdevke).\n" +"V tej razpredelnici lahko nastavite dodatne naslove vmesnika (vzdevke)." +"\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:262 @@ -4035,8 +4227,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:266 msgid "" "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " +"is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +"truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Ime vzdevka je neobvezno in zastarelo. Skupna dolžina\n" " imena vmesnika (vključno z dvopičjem in oznako) je največ\n" @@ -4044,8 +4238,12 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in ne eth0:foo" +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in " +"ne eth0:foo" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -4071,7 +4269,8 @@ "Vnesite 5 znakov za 64-bitni ključ, do 13 znakov za 128-bitni ključ, do\n" "16 znakov za 156-bitni ključ in do 29 znakov za 256-bitni ključ.\n" " Šestnajstiški: direkten vnos šestnajstiških vrednosti ključa.\n" -"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni ključ,\n" +"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni " +"ključ,\n" "32 števk za 156-bitni ključ in 58 števk za 256-bitni ključ.\n" "Lahko uporabite vezaj <tt>-</tt> za ločevanje parov oz. skupin števil\n" "(npr. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" @@ -4107,7 +4306,8 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " +"mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -4133,7 +4333,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -4141,14 +4342,17 @@ msgstr "" "V nekaterih omrežjih morate nastaviti Način overjanja.\n" "Ta je odvisen od uporabljene tehnologije varovanja, WEP ali WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega prometa\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega " +"prometa\n" "z opcijskim overjanjem na podlagi šifrirnega ključa. Kjer je uporabljen WEP,\n" -"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne pomeni,\n" +"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne " +"pomeni,\n" "da ne morete uporabljati šifriranja WEP. Nekatera omrežja lahko potrebujejo\n" "overjanje z deljenim ključem. OPOMBA: overjanje z deljenim ključem\n" "omogoča lažji vdor v vaše omrežje. Razen če nimate posebne potrebe po\n" "overjanju z deljenim ključem, uporabite raje odprt način. Ker je WEP\n" -"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA naj\n" +"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA " +"naj\n" "bi zaprl varnostne luknje, vendar ga ne podpira vsaka strojna oprema.\n" "Če želite uporabiti WPA, izberite za način overjanja WPA-PSK ali\n" "WPA-EAP. To je možno samo v upravljanem načinu delovanja.\n" @@ -4198,12 +4402,14 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Vrednosti bodo sedaj zapisane v nastavitveno datoteko vmesnika:\n" "»ifcfg-*» in »/etc/sysconfig/network». Dodatne nastavitve po potrebi dodajte\n" -"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti mapi." +"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti " +"mapi." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 @@ -4280,8 +4486,10 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u obstaja\n" -"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in PEAP.\n" +"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u " +"obstaja\n" +"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in " +"PEAP.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 @@ -4293,11 +4501,13 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Za TTLS in PEAP vnesite svojo istovetnost in geslo,\n" "kot sta nastavljena na strežniku. Če je potrebno nastaviti uporabniško ime\n" -"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni potrebno.\n" +"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni " +"potrebno.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -4318,7 +4528,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -4352,7 +4563,8 @@ "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" "to validate the server's authenticity.\n" msgstr "" -"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo.\n" +"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo<" +"/b>.\n" "Uporablja se za potrditev pristnosti strežnika.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 @@ -4546,7 +4758,8 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Če želite uporabljati kartico za brezžično omrežje v glavnem ali\n" @@ -4560,7 +4773,8 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno hitrost\n" +"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno " +"hitrost\n" "prenosa. Privzeta nastavitev je, da se uporabi največjo možno." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 @@ -4580,7 +4794,8 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabi varčevanje z energijo omogoči uporabo prijemov za\n" -"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če uporabljate\n" +"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če " +"uporabljate\n" "prenosnik in ste občasno izklopljeni iz električnega omrežja.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -4676,7 +4891,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dolžina ključa določa bitno dolžino vašega ključa WEP.\n" "Možni dolžini sta 64 in 128 bitov, včasih imenovani tudi 40 in 104 bitni.\n" -"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite to\n" +"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite " +"to\n" "vrednost na 64, če se brezžična omrežna povezava ne vzpostavi." #. Frame label @@ -4721,7 +4937,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do povezav\n" +"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do " +"povezav\n" "z nevarnimi, zlonamernimi brezžičnimi omrežji. Ali želite nadaljevati?" #. error popup text @@ -4852,13 +5069,18 @@ #. Modem dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/network/modem/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "" -"Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" -"ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" +"Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " +"ttyS0,\n" +"ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " +"etc.,\n" "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." msgstr "" -"Naprava modema določa, na katera vrata je priključen modem. Imena ttyS0, ttyS1, itd.\n" -"se nanašajo na zaporedna vrata (navadno predstavljajo vrata COM1, COM2, itd., ki so poznana\n" -"iz operacijskih sistemov DOS ali Windows), imena ttyACM0 in ttyACM1 pa se nanašajo na vrata USB." +"Naprava modema določa, na katera vrata je priključen modem. Imena " +"ttyS0, ttyS1, itd.\n" +"se nanašajo na zaporedna vrata (navadno predstavljajo vrata COM1, COM2, itd., " +"ki so poznana\n" +"iz operacijskih sistemov DOS ali Windows), imena ttyACM0 in ttyACM1 pa se " +"nanašajo na vrata USB." # From: Karsten Keil <kkeil(a)suse.de> # Subject: Re: dialup.ycp @@ -5049,7 +5271,8 @@ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" -"this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" +"this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there " +"are\n" "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." msgstr "" "Klic na zahtevo pomeni, da bo medmrežna povezava\n" @@ -5086,7 +5309,8 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/connection.rb:148 msgid "" "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -"(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" +"(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " +"only\n" "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5098,7 +5322,8 @@ #. Connection dialog help 6/9 #: src/include/network/provider/connection.rb:159 msgid "" -"Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +"Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " +"dial-up\n" "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" "option.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5245,7 +5470,8 @@ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" "This is the default with most providers." msgstr "" -"Izberite Dinamični naslov IP, če vam ponudnik ob vsaki povezavi dodeli\n" +"Izberite Dinamični naslov IP, če vam ponudnik ob vsaki povezavi " +"dodeli\n" "začasni naslov IP. V tem primeru izhodni naslov ni znan do trenutka,\n" "ko se povezava vzpostavi. To je privzet način dela za večino ponudnikov." @@ -5253,8 +5479,10 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/details.rb:86 msgid "" "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -"your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" -"DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" +"your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " +"static\n" +"DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost " +"all\n" "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" msgstr "" "Izberite Uporabi DNS vrstnika, če želite, da se po vzpostavljeni\n" @@ -5293,7 +5521,8 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/details.rb:125 msgid "" "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -"route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" +"route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " +"reach\n" "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." msgstr "" "Izberite Privzeta pot za privzeto pot ponudnika.\n" @@ -5397,7 +5626,8 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Pregled ponudnikov</big> \n" -"Omogoča pregled nameščenih ponudnikov in urejanje njihovih nastavitev. \n" +"Omogoča pregled nameščenih ponudnikov in urejanje njihovih nastavitev. " +"\n" #. Provider overview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/network/provider/helps.rb:76 @@ -5436,7 +5666,8 @@ #. Provider dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/network/provider/helps.rb:94 msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -msgstr "Za dodajanje ponudnika, ki ga ni za seznamu, kliknite Nov." +msgstr "" +"Za dodajanje ponudnika, ki ga ni za seznamu, kliknite Nov." #. Provider type dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/network/provider/helps.rb:96 @@ -5559,16 +5790,20 @@ #. Provider dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/provider/provider.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" +"Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every " +"time.\n" "Your\n" "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" "(readable by root only).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite Vedno vprašaj po geslu, če želite, da ste vsakokrat vprašani\n" -"po geslu. Vaš ponudnik medmrežnih storitev morda ne dovoli shranjevanja gesel na disk.\n" -"Če sem vnesete geslo, bo kot navadno besedilo shranjen na disk. Prebral ga bo\n" +"Izberite Vedno vprašaj po geslu, če želite, da ste vsakokrat " +"vprašani\n" +"po geslu. Vaš ponudnik medmrežnih storitev morda ne dovoli shranjevanja gesel " +"na disk.\n" +"Če sem vnesete geslo, bo kot navadno besedilo shranjen na disk. Prebral ga " +"bo\n" "lahko le uporabnik root.\n" "\n" @@ -5695,7 +5930,8 @@ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" msgstr "" "NetworkManager ne more povprašati po geslu.\n" -"Uporabite KInternet (brez NetworkManager-ja) ali pa gesla shranjujte na sistemu.\n" +"Uporabite KInternet (brez NetworkManager-ja) ali pa gesla shranjujte na " +"sistemu.\n" #. Popup::YesNo text #: src/include/network/provider/provider.rb:652 @@ -5733,15 +5969,21 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/texts.rb:52 msgid "" "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -"the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" -"If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" -"to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" -"the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" +"the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " +"Next.\n" +"If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " +"need\n" +"to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " +"enter\n" +"the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " +"request\n" "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" msgstr "" "V polju Uporabniško ime zamenjajte prazen prostor (pred\n" -"@) z vašo prijavo za AOL. Nato vnesite geslo in pritisnite Naprej.\n" -"Če ste nova AOL-ova stranka in se povezujete prvič, morate enkrat vnesti svojo\n" +"@) z vašo prijavo za AOL. Nato vnesite geslo in pritisnite Naprej<" +"/b>.\n" +"Če ste nova AOL-ova stranka in se povezujete prvič, morate enkrat vnesti " +"svojo\n" "številko PIN. Če imate na voljo sistem Windows, lahko vnesete\n" "številko PIN v AOL-ov program za povezavo. Če ne, pokličite AOL-ovo vročo\n" "linijo in naj vam AOL-ovo osebje vnese številko PIN.\n" @@ -5755,7 +5997,8 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/texts.rb:65 msgid "" "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -"the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +"the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " +"Next.\n" "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" msgstr "" "V polju Uporabniško imezamenjajte prazen prostor\n" @@ -5785,11 +6028,13 @@ #: src/include/network/provider/texts.rb:83 msgid "" "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -"the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" +"the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " +"and\n" "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" msgstr "" "V polju Uporabniško imezamenjajte prazen prostor\n" -"(za /) z vašo T-Online Business prijavo. Nato vnesite geslo in kliknite\n" +"(za /) z vašo T-Online Business prijavo. Nato vnesite geslo in " +"kliknite\n" "Naprej. Stopite v stik s ponudnikom, če imate težave.\n" #. Initial dialog caption @@ -5820,13 +6065,17 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" -" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" +" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta " +"možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" "daljavo z nekega drugega računalnika. Uporabite lahko odjemalca VNC,\n" -"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni brskalnik\n" -"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni " +"brskalnik\n" +"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "Ta način oddaljenega upravljanja je manj varen kot SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -6056,8 +6305,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:497 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti ».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " +"at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti " +"».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:522 @@ -6228,8 +6481,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Device Control</big>\n" "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -"deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" -"Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" +"deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root " +"User\n" +"Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will " +"require\n" "smpppd installed and running.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nadzor naprav</big>\n" @@ -6252,9 +6507,11 @@ "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko uporabniki\n" +"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko " +"uporabniki\n" "spremenijo klicno predpono v KInternetu, če se ta ujema z izrazom.\n" -"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in prazno predpono.\n" +"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in " +"prazno predpono.\n" "Če je izraz prazen, uporabnikom ni dovoljeno spreminjati predpone.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -6357,8 +6614,10 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:167 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Ob NFSroot je podobno kot <tt>samodejno</tt>. Vmesniki s tem\n" @@ -6369,7 +6628,8 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:177 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6388,7 +6648,8 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -7061,8 +7322,12 @@ #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). #: src/modules/Lan.rb:670 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati omrežne storitve." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati " +"omrežne storitve." #. takes care of autoinst by itself #: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 @@ -7158,14 +7423,21 @@ msgstr "Manjka hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, " +"wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni " +"prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za " +"brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1348 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" -msgstr "Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi.\n" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Needed firmware" Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -3,23 +3,26 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 23:45+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" -"Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:09+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 @@ -74,7 +77,8 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" +msgstr "" +"Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -161,20 +165,19 @@ "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." msgstr "" -"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski servis\n" +"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski " +"servis\n" "(navadno '/etc')." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite, če naj bo vaša passwd datoteka združena s shadow\n" -"datoteko in če naj bo group> datoteka združena z gshadow\n" -"datoteko\n" -"(možno samo v primeru, če shadow ali gshadow datoteki obstajata).\n" +"Izberite, ali naj bo datoteka passwd združena z datoteko shadow<" +"/i>\n" +"(možno samo v primeru, da datoteka shadowobstaja).\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -227,10 +230,12 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema,\n" +"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec " +"strežnika tega sistema,\n" "označite ustrezeno izbiro.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -256,7 +261,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dovolite spremembe gesel dovoli uporabnikom spreminjanje\n" "njihovih gesel s prisotnostjo NIS-a. Gumbi za dovoljenje sprememb prijavne\n" -"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo za\n" +"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo " +"za\n" "nastavitev bolj specifičnih opcij.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -327,13 +333,15 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" +".\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do NIS strežnika z oddaljenih\n" "računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " +"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -373,7 +381,8 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Gostiteljev naslov bo imel dovoljenje, če bo omrežje enako\n" -"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne maske." +"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne " +"maske." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -382,7 +391,8 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Vnos z omrežno masko <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> in omrežjem\n" -"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega gostitelja.\n" +"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega " +"gostitelja.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -410,19 +420,26 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 -msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." -msgstr "Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika NIS." +msgid "" +"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " +"master NIS server." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika " +"NIS." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 -msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." -msgstr "Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, izberite ustrezeno možnost." +msgid "" +"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option." +msgstr "" +"Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, " +"izberite ustrezeno možnost." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "Ime NIS &domene" +msgstr "Ime domene N&IS:" #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 @@ -451,8 +468,14 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." +msgid "" +"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " +"Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "" +"Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS " +"strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za " +"spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -511,7 +534,8 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) ali\n" +"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) " +"ali\n" "podrejeni strežnik (slave) ali brez nastavitve NIS strežnika.\n" #. help text 2/2 @@ -519,7 +543,8 @@ msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." -msgstr "Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." +msgstr "" +"Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." #. To translators: label in the dialog #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -9,20 +9,21 @@ # Bojan IVANCIC <bivancic(a)inventio.si>, 2003. # Bojan IVANCIC <bojan(a)inventio.si>, 2004. # Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>, 2004, 2005. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-08 18:07+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. module description @@ -41,7 +42,9 @@ "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" -msgstr "Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" +msgstr "" +"Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb <" +"b>Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -415,13 +418,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Naprej.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " +"Naprej.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1263 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Zaključi.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " +"Zaključi.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1268 @@ -507,8 +518,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:365 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v profilu AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v " +"profilu AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -567,8 +582,11 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -729,19 +747,31 @@ "Upravljajte nastavljene vire in storitve programske opreme.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:878 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko dinamično spreminja." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index " +"service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko " +"ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko " +"dinamično spreminja." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:885 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" +"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira " +"kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno " +"zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:897 @@ -779,39 +809,63 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja vira ali storitve \n" -"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" +"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje " +"vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali " +"spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite " +"potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:936 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost vira \n" -"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in 200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" +"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in " +"200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več " +"virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:944 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:952 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." -msgstr "Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po namestitvi izbrisani." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete " +"pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova " +"uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po " +"namestitvi izbrisani." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:958 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi /var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki " +"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1003 @@ -936,7 +990,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Odvisnosti ni moč razrešiti samodejno. Potrebno je ročno posredovanje." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -953,8 +1008,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, " +"uporabite »%1«." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1184,17 +1243,23 @@ #: src/clients/webpin_package_search.rb:366 msgid "" "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -"Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +"Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known " +"openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Iskanje paketov</big> \n" -"Uporabite zmožnosti iskanja paketov Webpin, da preiščete vse znane vire storitve za gradnjo openSUSE in vire skupnosti openSUSE.\n" +"Uporabite zmožnosti iskanja paketov Webpin, da preiščete vse znane " +"vire storitve za gradnjo openSUSE in vire skupnosti openSUSE.\n" #: src/clients/webpin_package_search.rb:369 msgid "" -"<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" +"<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " +"the\n" "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" -msgstr "<big>Varnost</big> Najdeni programi pogosto niso del distribucije same. Sami se morate odločiti, ali zaupate viru paketov. Skupnost openSUSE ne prevzema odgovornosti za nameščanje takih paketov.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Varnost</big> Najdeni programi pogosto niso del " +"distribucije same. Sami se morate odločiti, ali zaupate viru paketov. " +"Skupnost openSUSE ne prevzema odgovornosti za nameščanje takih paketov.\n" #. We don't need back button #: src/clients/webpin_package_search.rb:400 @@ -1212,7 +1277,8 @@ #: src/clients/webpin_package_search.rb:443 msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -msgstr "Najden ni bil noben paket, ki bi ustrezal vnesenim pogojem." +msgstr "" +"Najden ni bil noben paket, ki bi ustrezal vnesenim pogojem." #. rich text message, %1 = CD identification #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 @@ -1247,8 +1313,11 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli uporabljati." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli " +"uporabljati." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1274,49 +1343,74 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" -msgstr "Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali " +"DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" +"\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " -msgstr "Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." +msgstr "" +"Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni " +"preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite " +"datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona " +"in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" -msgstr "Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli " +"nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da " +"pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" -msgstr "Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" +msgstr "" +"Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni " +"red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite možnost preverjanja nosilca." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite " +"možnost preverjanja nosilca." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" -msgstr "Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost " +"odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1324,7 +1418,9 @@ msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" -msgstr "Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." +msgstr "" +"Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse " +"namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1472,7 +1568,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dodajanje novega ključa GPG \n" -"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG navedite pot do datoteke s ključem. Izberite možnost Zaupan, če ključu zaupate.\n" +"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG navedite pot do datoteke s ključem. Izberite " +"možnost Zaupan, če ključu zaupate.\n" #. header in file selection popup #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:236 @@ -1498,7 +1595,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dodajanje novega ključa GPG \n" -"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do datoteke s ključem." +"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do " +"datoteke s ključem." #. help, continued #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:297 @@ -1511,7 +1609,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja ključa GPG\n" -"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" +"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite " +"s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:307 @@ -1652,7 +1751,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Namestitveni vir vsebuje tudi naslednje dodatne vire.\n" @@ -1669,17 +1769,15 @@ #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" -msgstr "Vstavite CD z dodatnim izdelkom" +msgstr "Vstavite nosilec z dodatkom %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" -msgstr "Vstavite prvi namestitveni nosilec." +msgstr "Vstavite nosilec %2 z izdelkom %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 @@ -1825,26 +1923,48 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:294 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno distribucijo." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno " +"distribucijo." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:310 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi sistema." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi " +"sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:322 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 MiB) dodatnega prostora." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. " +"Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), " +"tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je " +"pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 " +"MiB) dodatnega prostora." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" -msgstr "Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +msgstr "" +"Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz " +"oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna " +"ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 @@ -1883,23 +2003,35 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove namestitvene nosilce." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove " +"namestitvene nosilce." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:491 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni nosilec." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni " +"nosilec." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:532 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč " +"preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:552 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." +msgstr "" +"Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:595 @@ -1927,7 +2059,10 @@ "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" -msgstr "Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" +msgstr "" +"Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med " +"namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika " +"SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1525 @@ -1984,8 +2119,12 @@ msgstr "Licenčne datoteke %1 ni moč prebrati" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:190 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo " +"slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:332 @@ -2133,7 +2272,9 @@ msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." -msgstr "Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO." +msgstr "" +"Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO.<" +"/p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:66 @@ -2253,10 +2394,13 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:414 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime vira</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime " +"uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:428 @@ -2267,10 +2411,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:436 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime storitve</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" +"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo " +"YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:471 @@ -2311,13 +2457,15 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik NFS</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " +"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:697 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " +"5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Možnosti priklopa</big> \n" @@ -2394,7 +2542,9 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le " +"pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite " +"možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1205 @@ -2421,7 +2571,10 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ključek ali disk USB</big> \n" -"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, " +"da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo " +"diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni " +"podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2430,7 +2583,10 @@ "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" -msgstr "Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" +msgstr "" +"Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če " +"izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen " +"datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1276 @@ -2448,7 +2604,10 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" -"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da " +"določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. " +"Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o " +"izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 @@ -2463,7 +2622,8 @@ "ISO image file." msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna slika ISO</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO." +"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO.<" +"/p>" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1510 @@ -2544,22 +2704,30 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik in mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " +"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite " +"overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite " +"Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" "\n" -"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO.\n" +"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike " +"ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO<" +"/b>.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1840 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" -msgstr "Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" +msgstr "" +"Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih " +"vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1907 @@ -2653,7 +2821,8 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Vrsta nosilca</big> \n" -"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem disku." +"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem " +"disku." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 @@ -2663,7 +2832,8 @@ "have the product CD set or the DVD available." msgstr "" "\n" -"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD izdelka." +"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD " +"izdelka." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2047 @@ -2718,12 +2888,16 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Prejmi datoteke \n" -"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih bo potreboval.\n" +"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite " +"Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo " +"datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih " +"bo potreboval.\n" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -1,25 +1,28 @@ -# translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to +# translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to # translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001,2003. # Dejan Stancevic <stanac(a)siol.net>, 2003. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: phone-services.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-10 15:44+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" -"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:45+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for answering_machine module #: src/clients/answering_machine.rb:37 @@ -116,15 +119,13 @@ #. #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:25 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:24 -#, fuzzy msgid "MailAndSave" -msgstr "Poštni strežnik" +msgstr "Pošlji in shrani" #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:26 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "SaveOnly" -msgstr "Samo" +msgstr "Samo shrani" #. dialog caption #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:35 @@ -141,7 +142,8 @@ msgstr "" "Pogovorno okno omogoča nastavitev telefonske tajnice za enega ali več\n" "uporabnikov. Vsak uporabnik mora imeti nastavljeno vsaj eno edinstveno \n" -"telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik). Za nadaljnje\n" +"telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik). Za " +"nadaljnje\n" "informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.\n" #. Answering machine general help 2/2 @@ -171,7 +173,8 @@ msgstr "" "Telefonske številke: Ena ali več telefonskih številk, ločenih \n" "z vejicami, ki pripadajo le temu uporabniku. Da bi uporabnik sprejel \n" -"sporočilo s katerekoli številke, lahko v polje vnesete <tt>*</tt>.\n" +"sporočilo s katerekoli številke, lahko v polje vnesete <tt>*</tt>." +"\n" #. Answering machine help for options 3/6 #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:74 @@ -195,16 +198,21 @@ "disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>. <tt>None</tt> forbids\n" "recording -- the answering machine only plays the announcement.\n" msgstr "" -"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani sporočila na\n" +"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani " +"sporočila na\n" "disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z izbiro možnosti\n" -"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. pošti), z\n" -"izbiro možnosti<tt>Brez</tt> pa se prepreči shranjevanje sporočil - telefonska\n" +"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. " +"pošti), z\n" +"izbiro možnosti<tt>Brez</tt> pa se prepreči shranjevanje sporočil - " +"telefonska\n" "tajnica bo za vsak klic le predvajala obvestilo.\n" #. Answering machine help for options 6/6 #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:87 msgid "Pin: Identification code for the remote inquiry function." -msgstr "Pin: Identifikacijska koda za funkcijo oddaljenega poizvedovanja." +msgstr "" +"Pin: Identifikacijska koda za funkcijo oddaljenega poizvedovanja.<" +"/p>" #. main dialog contents #. `VStretch() @@ -289,7 +297,8 @@ "Pogovorno okno omogoča nastavitev telefaks sistema za enega\n" "ali več uporabnikov. Vsak uporabnik mora imeti nastavljeno vsaj eno\n" "edinstveno telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik).\n" -"Za nadaljnje informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.\n" +"Za nadaljnje informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.<" +"/p>\n" #. Fax dialog general help 2/3 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:61 @@ -313,8 +322,11 @@ #. Fax dialog help for options 1/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:71 -msgid "User: The system user to which this fax account belongs. \n" -msgstr "Uporabnik: Uporabnik sistema, ki lahko pošilja ali sprejema telefaks sporočila.\n" +msgid "" +"User: The system user to which this fax account belongs. \n" +msgstr "" +"Uporabnik: Uporabnik sistema, ki lahko pošilja ali sprejema " +"telefaks sporočila.\n" #. Fax dialog help for options 2/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:75 @@ -355,7 +367,8 @@ "a string containing some name.\n" msgstr "" "Vrstica v glavi: Vrstica vsebuje besedilo, ki se uporablja\n" -"pri pošiljanju telefaksov. Navadno vsebuje ime ali podjetje pošiljatelja.\n" +"pri pošiljanju telefaksov. Navadno vsebuje ime ali podjetje pošiljatelja." +"\n" #. Fax dialog help for options 6/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:94 @@ -364,9 +377,12 @@ "received faxes are sent to the user as mail and saved to disk.\n" "To disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani telefaks\n" -"sporočila na disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z izbiro možnosti\n" -"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. pošti).\n" +"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani " +"telefaks\n" +"sporočila na disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z " +"izbiro možnosti\n" +"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. " +"pošti).\n" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:156 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:29 UTC (rev 89447) @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Bojan IVANCIC <bojan(a)inventio.si>, 2004. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 03:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup text @@ -40,7 +41,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih diskov.\n" +"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih " +"diskov.\n" "\n" "Nikoli ne upravljajte razdelkov diska, ki je na kakršenkoli način v uporabi\n" "(priklopljen, izmenjalni razdelek, itd.), razen v primeru, da točno veste,\n" @@ -67,31 +69,27 @@ #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Share Configuration" msgid "Storage Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitve skupne rabe" +msgstr "Nastavitve shranjevanja" #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk partitioner" msgid "List disks and partitions" -msgstr "Razdeljevalnik diskov" +msgstr "Izpiše seznam diskov in razdelkov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot disk" msgid "List disks" -msgstr "Zagonski disk" +msgstr "Izpiše sezam diskov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit partition " msgid "List partitions" -msgstr "Uredi particijo " +msgstr "Izpiše seznam razdelkov" #. Title for dialogue #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 @@ -429,7 +427,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za Windows.\n" +"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -688,8 +687,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti posodobitveno zgoščenko." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti " +"posodobitveno zgoščenko." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -1022,7 +1024,8 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo delovalo.\n" +"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo " +"delovalo.\n" "Enemu razdelku dodelite vrhovno priklopno točko »/«.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1036,8 +1039,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt ali /var.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te priklopne\n" +"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt " +"ali /var.\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te " +"priklopne\n" "točke, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1052,7 +1057,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " +"priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1067,7 +1073,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek Btrfs ste priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " +"priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1254,7 +1261,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1377,12 +1385,15 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:730 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" +"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno " +"priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" "Pred brisanjem razširjenega razdelka, je zelo priporočljivo te\n" "te razdelke odklopiti.\n" @@ -1564,13 +1575,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Oznaka nosilca:\n" -"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to smiselno,\n" -"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne sme\n" +"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to " +"smiselno,\n" +"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne " +"sme\n" "vsebovati znaka / ali presledkov.\n" #. label text @@ -1745,7 +1759,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu razdelku.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " +"sistema." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1352 @@ -1756,7 +1771,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu logičnemu nosilcu.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " +"sistema." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1810,12 +1826,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Izbrana naprava vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" -"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke odklopiti.\n" +"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke " +"odklopiti.\n" "Kliknite »Prekliči«, razen v primeru, da točno veste, kaj delate.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1961,16 +1979,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in /var/tmp.\n" -"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril naključno geslo. To\n" -"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in " +"/var/tmp.\n" +"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril " +"naključno geslo. To\n" +"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -1979,14 +2001,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" "Geslo izberite previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk\n" "in številk. Za zagotovitev pravilnega vnosa gesla, le-to vnesete dvakrat.\n" "\n" @@ -1997,7 +2021,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2050,7 +2075,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2187,8 +2213,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v priklopni točki." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v " +"priklopni točki." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2839,7 +2868,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naprava ne podpira spreminjanja velikosti." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 @@ -2994,7 +3023,8 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Ta prikaz kaže vse naprave preslikovalnika naprav, razen tistih, ki so že\n" -"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz BIOS-a\n" +"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz " +"BIOS-a\n" "in logični nosilci LVM tu niso prikazani.\n" #. helptext @@ -3002,7 +3032,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." +msgstr "" +"Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 @@ -3049,7 +3080,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add Volume Group" -msgstr " Dodaj skupino nosilcev " +msgstr "Dodaj skupino nosilcev " #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges @@ -3061,10 +3092,9 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Device Graph..." msgid "Save Device Graph..." -msgstr "Izvozi graf naprav ..." +msgstr "Shrani graf naprav ..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 @@ -3088,10 +3118,9 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Mount Graph..." msgid "Save Mount Graph..." -msgstr "Izvozi graf priklopov ..." +msgstr "Shrani graf priklopov ..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 @@ -3760,11 +3789,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do datoteke,\n" +"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do " +"datoteke,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke za nastavitev šifrirane zančne naprave.\n" #. helptext @@ -3776,7 +3807,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena datoteka\n" +"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena " +"datoteka\n" "z velikostjo, navedeno v naslednjem polju. OPOMBA: Če datoteka\n" "že obstaja, bodo izgubljeni vsi podatki v njej.\n" @@ -3803,8 +3835,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "OPOMBA:Med nameščanjem YaST ne more izvajati preizkusov\n" -"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni dostopen.\n" -"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo vnesete.\n" +"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni " +"dostopen.\n" +"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo " +"vnesete.\n" #. input field label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 @@ -3986,7 +4020,8 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" +msgstr "" +"Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" # check_en #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes @@ -4067,7 +4102,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Vnesite velikost novega logičnega nosilca ter število in velikost\n" @@ -4085,10 +4121,14 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Tako imenovane tanke nosilce lahko ustvarite\n" -"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz dodeljenega\n" -"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke zaloge.\n" -"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka zaloga\n" -"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega števila trakov." +"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz " +"dodeljenega\n" +"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke " +"zaloge.\n" +"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka " +"zaloga\n" +"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega " +"števila trakov." #. heading for frame #. Column header @@ -4121,30 +4161,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:776 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za običajen nosilec.\n" -"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" +"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden " +"je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" "Če niste prepričani, je to najverjetneje prava izbira." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:785 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanko zalogo.\n" -"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo po potrebi." +"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo " +"po potrebi." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:792 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanek nosilec.\n" -"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge." +"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge<" +"/b>." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:825 @@ -4198,12 +4244,14 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Za ustvaritev skupine nosilcev ni dovolj primernih neuporabljenih naprav.\n" "\n" -"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali 0x83)\n" +"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali " +"0x83)\n" "ali ena neuporabljena naprava RAID. Temu primerno spremenite tabelo razdelkov." #. error popup @@ -4410,7 +4458,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom na\n" +"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom " +"na\n" " »%1« končate upravljalnika razdelkov, boste izgubili vse spremembe.\n" "Ali res želite končati?" @@ -4431,8 +4480,11 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4451,11 +4503,10 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:60 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." #| msgid_plural "For %1, select at least %2 devices." msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." -msgstr "Za %1 izberite vsaj %2 naprav." +msgstr "Za %1 izberite vsaj toliko naprav: %2." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:81 @@ -4466,21 +4517,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:86 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Ta stopnja poveča hitrost diska.\n" -"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo mogoče obnoviti.\n" +"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo " +"mogoče obnoviti.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:94 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Ta način ima najboljšo redundanco. Lahko\n" -"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh podatkov\n" +"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh " +"podatkov\n" "na vseh diskih. Dokler deluje vsaj en disk, ne izgubimo nobenega podatka.\n" "Uporabljeni razdelki v tem načinu naj bi imeli približno isto velikost.\n" @@ -4488,23 +4544,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Ta način kombinira upravljanje z večjim številom diskov\n" -"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na treh ali več\n" -"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" +"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na " +"treh ali več\n" +"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so " +"izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:115 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Dodajte razdelke RAID-u. Glede na vrsto\n" "RAID-a je uporabna velikost diska vsota teh razdelkov (RAID 0), velikost\n" -"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5).\n" +"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5)." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:125 @@ -4562,12 +4625,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost delcev: Je najmanjši nedeljiv del podatkov, ki\n" -"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za RAID 0\n" -"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko vpliva.\n" +"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za " +"RAID 0\n" +"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko " +"vpliva.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4577,10 +4644,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:324 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritem parnosti za uporabo z RAID 5/6.\n" -"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" +"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z " +"vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:332 @@ -4659,6 +4728,10 @@ "This normally means the subset of raid devices is too small\n" "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"RAID-a %1 ni mogoče spremeniti, ker ni dejaven. To običajno\n" +"pomeni, da je podkuspina naprav RAID premajhna, da bi bil\n" +"RAID uporaben.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 @@ -4848,16 +4921,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo ustvarjenih\n" -"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni obstojno.\n" -"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev ustvari iz\n" -"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni vedno res.\n" -"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo " +"ustvarjenih\n" +"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni " +"obstojno.\n" +"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev " +"ustvari iz\n" +"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni " +"vedno res.\n" +"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega " +"sistema.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 @@ -4872,7 +4952,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4959,7 +5041,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "ta prikaz kaže naprave, katerim ni dodeljena nobena priklopna točka,\n" -"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih nosilcev." +"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih " +"nosilcev." #. popup message #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 @@ -5146,7 +5229,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "To pogovorno okno je namenjeno določanju razredov za\n" @@ -5157,9 +5241,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Napravo lahko uvrstite v razred tako, da z desnim gumbom\n" @@ -5174,7 +5261,9 @@ msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." +msgstr "" +"Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb " +"z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 @@ -5212,20 +5301,30 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z regularnim izrazom \n" -"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu izrazu, bodo\n" -"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z imenom iz jedra\n" -"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz udev\n" +"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z " +"regularnim izrazom \n" +"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu " +"izrazu, bodo\n" +"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z " +"imenom iz jedra\n" +"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. " +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz " +"udev\n" "(npr. e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" -"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje." +"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje.<" +"/p>" #. headline text #. Column header @@ -5250,7 +5349,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" +"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed " +"znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" "Vrednost mora biti vsaj 100K ali med 1% in 200%. Poskusite znova." # login -> Benutzername @@ -5262,11 +5362,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost tmpfs:\n" -"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M (mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti pomnilnika." +"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M " +"(mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti " +"pomnilnika." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 @@ -5286,7 +5389,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost izmenjalnega prostora:\n" -"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo prednost.\n" +"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo " +"prednost.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 @@ -5297,7 +5401,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Priklopi samo za branje:\n" @@ -5330,7 +5435,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabnik lahko priklopi:\n" -"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to onemogočeno.\n" +"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to " +"onemogočeno.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 @@ -5343,14 +5449,18 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne priklopi ob zagonu sistema:\n" "Datotečni sistem ni samodejno priklopljen ob zagonu sistema.\n" "Ustvarjen je vnos v /etc/fstab in datotečni sistem je priklopljen\n" -"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka></tt>\n" -"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično priklopljen).\n" +"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka><" +"/tt>\n" +"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično " +"priklopljen).\n" "Privzeto se priklopi samodejno.\n" #. button text @@ -5382,16 +5492,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Način zapisovanja podatkov z dnevnikom:\n" "Določi način zapisovanja datotečnih podatkov z dnevnikom.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani v dnevnik še pred zapisom\n" "na glavni datotečni sistem. Najbolj zmanjša hitrost. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani na glavni datotečni sistem\n" -"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti.\n" +"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. " +"\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti." +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 @@ -5427,18 +5541,24 @@ msgstr " &Vrednost poljubne možnosti" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in " +"tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Vrednost poljubne možnosti:\n" -"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja /etc/fstab.\n" +"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Več možnosti ločite z vejico.\n" #. label text @@ -5464,10 +5584,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kodna tabela za kratka imena FAT:\n" -"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" +"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na " +"datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 @@ -5478,7 +5600,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Število FAT-ov:\n" "Določite število alokacijskih tabel na datotečnem sistemu. Privzeto\n" @@ -5493,10 +5616,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če " +"določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši " +"tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 @@ -5506,7 +5633,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." +msgstr "" +"Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 @@ -5526,10 +5654,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Razpršilna funkcija:\n" -"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek v imenikih.\n" +"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek " +"v imenikih.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 @@ -5540,10 +5670,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Različica datotečnega sistema:\n" -"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" +"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je " +"namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, " +"vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5555,10 +5690,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka 4096..\n" +"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in " +"4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka " +"4096..\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5585,10 +5724,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Odstotek prostora za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen strukturam inode.\n" +"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen " +"strukturam inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 @@ -5599,12 +5740,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Poravnava za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava ali ne.\n" +"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava " +"ali ne.\n" "Privzeta izbira je poravnavanje. Dostop do podatkov\n" "pri poravnanem dodeljevanju za inode je navadno bolj učinkovit.\n" @@ -5627,10 +5770,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost dnevnika\n" -"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" +"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev " +"velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 @@ -5668,10 +5813,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 " +"bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na " +"velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 @@ -5719,8 +5868,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je 5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek " +"blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je " +"izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je " +"5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- @@ -5750,7 +5907,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Imeniško kazalo:\n" -"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.\n" +"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.<" +"/p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 @@ -5761,7 +5919,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Brez dnevnika:\n" @@ -5771,7 +5930,7 @@ #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:901 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dejanje na disku %1 ni dovoljeno.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:911 @@ -5797,7 +5956,6 @@ #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:929 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5818,14 +5976,13 @@ "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Razdelitev diska %1 ni berljiva ali podprta s strani razdelitvenega\n" -"orodja »parted«, ki se uporablja za spreminjanje\n" -"razdelitvene tabele.\n" +"Disk %1 ne vsebuje tabele razdelkov, vendar je jedro zaradi\n" +"združljivosti samodejno ustvarilo razdelek, ki se razteza čez\n" +"skoraj ves disk.\n" "\n" -"Lahko uporabljate obstoječe razdelke na disku %1.\n" -"Lahko jih formatirate in jim določite priklopne točke, ne morete\n" -"pa jih dodajati, spreminjati jim velikosti ali jih odstraniti iz\n" -"diska.\n" +"Razdelek na disku %1 lahko uporabite v obstoječi obliki ali pa\n" +"ga sformatirate in mu dodelite priklopno točko. Razdelka na\n" +"tem disku ne morete odstraniti ali mu spremeniti velikosti.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:948 @@ -5936,7 +6093,8 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" "Naslednji nosilci vsebujejo šifrirni podpis, vendar gesla še niso znana.\n" -"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." +"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če " +"nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4062 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6343,7 +6501,10 @@ "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -msgstr "Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" +msgstr "" +"Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po " +"imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju " +"sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6371,7 +6532,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Zvezdica (*) za priklopno točko nakazuje, da datotečni sistem\n" @@ -6735,8 +6897,12 @@ #. space left (fate #303594) #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4425 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5551 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite " +"iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." #. Label text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6024 @@ -6750,10 +6916,9 @@ #. Label text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6072 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enable Suspend" msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" -msgstr "O&mogoči zaustavitev" +msgstr "Po&večaj izmenjalni prostor za stanje pripravljenosti" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6087 msgid "Proposal settings" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89446 - trunk/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 21:01:19 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89446 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/inetd.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -4,23 +4,25 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2004, 2005. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 21:49+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenščina <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:41+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. is this proposal or not? #: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 @@ -182,7 +184,6 @@ #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 -#, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Paket %1 je bil uspešno nameščen." @@ -277,7 +278,9 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem oknu." +msgstr "" +"Za aktiviranje ali deaktiviranje storitve jo izberite v glavnem pogovornem " +"oknu." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -379,7 +382,7 @@ #. Error message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ime storitve vsebuje nedovoljen znak »/«." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 @@ -445,7 +448,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev omrežnih storitev</big> \n" "Kliknite Omogoči, da omogočite omrežne servise, ki jih upravljate \n" -"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite Onemogoči.\n" +"z nastavitvijo super-strežnika. Za ustavitev super-strežnika, kliknite " +"Onemogoči.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" @@ -462,20 +466,24 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " +"configured." msgstr "" "<big>Status storitev:</big> \n" "Vse storitve označene z --- so neaktivne (zaklenjene).\n" "Vse storitve označene z Vklop so aktivne (odklenjene).\n" -"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti." +"Vse storitve označene z NI niso nameščene in jih ni mogoče nastaviti.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " +"Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Spreminjanje statusa storitve:</big> \n" -"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" +"Izberite storitev za omogočanje ali onemogočanje in izberite Preklop " +"statusa (vklop ali izklop).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -502,15 +510,16 @@ "Izberite Ustvari in izpolnite obrazec.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Prekinitev nastavitve:</big>\n" "S pritiskom na gumb Prekini prekinete nastavitev.\n" -"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala nespremenjena.\n" +"Ob tem bodo izgubljene vse spremembe in originalna nastavitev bo ostala " +"nespremenjena.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -550,8 +559,11 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" -msgstr "To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgid "" +"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"To je kratek opis. Za podrobnosti poglejte info xinetd.conf.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -575,11 +587,13 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in " +"/etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v /etc/protocols.\n" +"Protokol mora biti veljaven protokol, kot je navedeno v " +"/etc/protocols.\n" "Na primer: tcp,udp,rpc/tcp in rpc/udp.\n" "\n" @@ -600,13 +614,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vnos čakaj/ne čakaj določa, če je storitev eno- ali več-nitna\n" "in ali nove povezave sprejema xinetd ali strežniški program. Vrednost\n" -"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu \n" -"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev deluje.\n" +"da pomeni, da je storitev ni večnitna. To pomeni, da xinetd po zagonu " +"\n" +"strežnika preneha sprejemati nove povezave dokler strežnik za storitev " +"deluje.\n" "Nove povezave sprejema strežnik za storitev. Vrednost ne pomeni, da\n" -"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu strežnika \n" +"je strežnik večniten in xinetd sprejema nove povezave tudi po zagonu " +"strežnika \n" "za storitev.\n" "udp/dgram storitve nadavno pričakujejo vrednost da,\n" -"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno pričakujejo \n" +"saj udp ne temelji na povezavah. tcp/stream strežniki navadno " +"pričakujejo \n" "vrednost ne.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -715,3 +733,4 @@ #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Ti servisi bodo omogočeni" + Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/irda.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -1,25 +1,28 @@ -# translation of irda.sl_SI.po to +# translation of irda.sl_SI.po to # translation of irda.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>, 2004. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: irda.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-11 19:51+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" -"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:43+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xirda module #: src/clients/irda.rb:52 @@ -59,7 +62,7 @@ #. log view label (log will contain english messages) #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:142 msgid "Discovery log (kernel diagnostics)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dnevnik odkrivanja (diagnostika jedra)" #. error text #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:179 @@ -73,23 +76,37 @@ #. help text for IrDA 1/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:218 -msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "" +"Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." msgstr "Nastavi infrardeči vmesnik (IrDA) za vaš računalnik." #. help text for IrDA 2/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:222 -msgid "Choose the correct serial port for Port. Refer to your BIOS setup to find out which is correct." -msgstr "Izberi prava serijska vrata za Vrata. Poglej BIOS setup katera vrata so prava." +msgid "" +"Choose the correct serial port for Port. Refer to your BIOS setup " +"to find out which is correct." +msgstr "" +"Izberi prava serijska vrata za Vrata. Poglej BIOS setup katera " +"vrata so prava." #. help text for IrDA 3/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:226 -msgid "To test if it works, put your IrDA device (phone, PDA, etc.) in range of your infrared port and push Test." -msgstr "Za preizkus delovanja postavi tvojo IrDA napravo (telefon, PDA, itd.) v območje tvojega IrDA in pritisni Test." +msgid "" +"To test if it works, put your IrDA device (phone, PDA, etc.) in range of " +"your infrared port and push Test." +msgstr "" +"Za preizkus delovanja postavi tvojo IrDA napravo (telefon, PDA, itd.) v " +"območje tvojega IrDA in pritisni Test." #. help text for IrDA 4/4 #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:230 -msgid "For some mobile phones, the speed of the infrared connection must be limited. Try setting Maximum Baud Rate if you encounter problems." -msgstr "Za nekatere mobilne telefone mora biti hitrost infrardeče povezave omejena. Če naletite na težave, poskusite nastavitev Največja baudna hitrost." +msgid "" +"For some mobile phones, the speed of the infrared connection must be " +"limited. Try setting Maximum Baud Rate if you encounter problems." +msgstr "" +"Za nekatere mobilne telefone mora biti hitrost infrardeče povezave " +"omejena. Če naletite na težave, poskusite nastavitev Največja baudna " +"hitrost." #. radio button label #: src/include/irda/ui.rb:256 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/ncurses.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -2,26 +2,29 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:29+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. label for text field showing the selected dir #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 msgid "Selected Directory:" -msgstr "Izberite imenik:" +msgstr "Izberite mapo:" #. label for checkbox #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 @@ -32,13 +35,13 @@ #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 #: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 msgid "Directory Name" -msgstr "Naziv imenika" +msgstr "Ime mape" #. stretchable = true #. add the OK button #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 msgid "&OK" -msgstr "&OK" +msgstr "&V redu" #. add the Cancel button #: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 @@ -46,9 +49,8 @@ msgstr "&Prekliči" #: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "Directory name" -msgstr "Naziv imenika" +msgstr "Ime mape" #. column header name of the file #: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/network.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004. # Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>, 2006. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:27+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 20:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title @@ -99,52 +100,44 @@ #. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC #. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo odprta (<a href=\"%1\">zapri</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">zapri</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%1\">odpri</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo omogočen (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid bo omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo onemogočen (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči</a>)" +msgstr "Požarni zid bo onemogočen (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%1\">close</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo odprta (<a href=\"%1\">zapri</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo odprta (<a href=\"%s\">blokiraj</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">open</a>)" msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata VNC bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%1\">odpri</a>)" +msgstr "Vrata SSH bodo blokirana (<a href=\"%s\">odpri</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo omogočen (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči</a>)" +msgstr "Storitev SSH omogočena (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid bo onemogočen (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči</a>)" +msgstr "Storitev SSH bo onemogočena (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)" #. Proposal title #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 @@ -163,7 +156,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" -msgstr "Odprta vrata &VNC" +msgstr "Odpri vrata &VNC" #. frame label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 @@ -177,50 +170,56 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" -msgstr "Odprta vrata &VNC" +msgstr "Odpri vrata SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" -msgstr "Odpri vrata SSH in omogoči storitev SSH" +msgstr "Omogoči storitev SSH" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Požarni zid in SSH</big> \n" -"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi napadi.\n" -"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta računalnik." +"Požarni zid je obrambni mehanizem, ki računalnik varuje pred omrežnimi " +"napadi.\n" +"SSH je storitev, ki z namenskim odjemalcem omogoča oddaljeno prijavo v ta " +"računalnik." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Tu lahko izberete ali bo po namestitvi požarni zid omogočen.\n" "Priporočamo, da ga pustite omogočenega." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" #| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu odpreti\n" -"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. To omogoči tudi storitev SSH (zagnana\n" +"Ko je požarni zid omogočen, se lahko odločite, ali želite v požarnem zidu " +"odpreti\n" +"vrata storitve SSH in dovoliti oddaljene prijave. Ločeno lahko omogočite tudi " +"storitev SSH (zagnana\n" "bo ob zagonu računalnika)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -381,8 +380,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč izvesti." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Lokacija opomb k izdaji ni določena. Preizkusa medmrežne povezave ni moč " +"izvesti." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -392,14 +394,18 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na strežniku.\n" +"Prejemanje najnovejših opomb k izdaji je spodletelo zaradi napake na " +"strežniku.\n" "To še ne pomeni, da so nastavitve omrežja napačne.\n" "\n" -"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok vseh\n" -"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje omrežja\n" +"Kliknite »Naprej« za nadaljevanje na naslednji korak namestitve. Za preskok " +"vseh\n" +"korakov, ki potrebujejo medmrežno povezavo, ali za vrnitev na nastavljanje " +"omrežja\n" "kliknite »Prekliči«.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -578,7 +584,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega upravljanja" +msgstr "" +"Nastavite na »da«, če dovoljujete, ali na »ne«, če ne dovoljujete oddaljenega " +"upravljanja" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -621,22 +629,19 @@ msgstr "Pokaži vnos v usmerjevalni tabeli za izbrani cilj" #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja IP" +msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja IPv4 in IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:87 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja IP" +msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja samo IPv4" #: src/clients/routing.rb:95 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding settings" msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja IP" +msgstr "Nastavitve posredovanja samo IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:103 msgid "Add new route" @@ -724,49 +729,42 @@ #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is enabled" msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP je omogočeno" +msgstr "Posredovanje %s je omogočeno" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:268 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP forwarding is disabled" msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP je onemogočeno" +msgstr "Posredovanje %s ni omogočeno" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:272 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." -msgstr "Omogočanje posredovanja IP ..." +msgstr "Omogočanje posredovanja %s ..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:276 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabling IP forwarding..." msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." -msgstr "Onemogočanje posredovanja IP ..." +msgstr "Onemogočanje posredovanja %s ..." #: src/clients/routing.rb:282 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP:" +msgstr "Posredovanje IPv4:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:292 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP:" +msgstr "Posredovanje IPv6:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:302 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP:" +msgstr "Posredovanje IPv4 in IPv6:" #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." @@ -781,8 +779,11 @@ msgstr "Določen mora biti naslov IP cilja." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Določen mora biti vsaj en od parametrov prehod, omrežna maska in možnosti" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1109,10 +1110,9 @@ #. Table header label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 Address Label" -msgstr "Naslov IP" +msgstr "Oznaka naslova IPv4" #. Table header label #. Table header label @@ -1228,7 +1228,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." +msgstr "" +"Izberite možnosti vezavnega gonilnika in jih po potrebi uredite." #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1238,7 +1239,6 @@ msgstr "Brez nastavitve povezave in IP-ja (vezani podrejeni vmesniki)" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use iBFT values" msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Uporabi vrednosti iBFT" @@ -1261,7 +1261,6 @@ #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Statically assigned IP Address" msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statično dodeljen naslov IP" @@ -1418,7 +1417,6 @@ #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Ifplugd priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prednost ifplugd" @@ -1428,15 +1426,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " +"Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Prednost ifplugd</big>\n" -"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" -"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob priključitvi kabla,\n" -"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno nastaviti prednost\n" +"Vsi vmesniki, ki so nastavljeni na Ob priključitvi kabla in " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0,\n" +"bodo uporabljeni z vzajemno izključitvijo. Če sta vsaj dva vmesnika Ob " +"priključitvi kabla,\n" +"potem je potreben način določitve vmesnika, ki bo prevzet. Zato je potrebno " +"nastaviti prednost\n" "vsakega vmesnika.\n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1634,8 +1638,12 @@ msgstr "Za določitev naprave uporabite možnost »id«." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti uporabite možnost »list«." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"Vrednost »id« je izven dovoljenega območja. Za preverjanje največje vrednosti " +"uporabite možnost »list«." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1740,8 +1748,10 @@ msgstr "" "Naprava za pravilno delovanje potrebuje strojno programsko opremo.\n" "Običajno jo lahko prenesete s spletne strani izdelovalca gonilnika.\n" -"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite Nadaljuj\n" -"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se vrnite\n" +"Če ste strojno programsko opremo že prenesli in namestili, kliknite " +"Nadaljuj\n" +"in nastavite napravo. V nasprotnem primeru kliknite Prekliči in se " +"vrnite\n" "v to pogovorno okno, ko boste namestili strojno programsko opremo.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1753,8 +1763,12 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje strojne programske opreme" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript »install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Za uspešno namestitev strojne programske opreme je potrebno izvesti skript " +"»install_bcm43xx_firmware«. Ali ga želite izvesti sedaj?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1843,21 +1857,28 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki omogočajo\n" -"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim imenom\n" +"Pravila udev so pravila za upravljalnika naprav jedra Linux, ki " +"omogočajo\n" +"povezovanje strojnega naslova ali ID-ja vodila omrežne naprave z njenim " +"imenom\n" "(npr. eth0 in wlan0), ki ostane nespremenjeno tudi po ponovnem zagonu.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " +"blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje nastavljenega\n" -"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče diode na\n" +"Pokaži vidni določilnik priključka omogoča fizično določanje " +"nastavljenega\n" +"omrežnega vmesnika. Nastavite želeni čas, kliknite Utripaj in svetleče " +"diode na\n" "omrežnem vmesniku bodo utripale za navedeni čas.\n" "" @@ -1865,8 +1886,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Modul jedra. Sem vnesite ime modula (gonilnika) jedra za\n" "omrežno napravo. Če je naprava že nastavljena, v spustnem seznamu\n" @@ -1877,8 +1900,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " +"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" "Določite Možnosti modula jedra. Uporabite obliko\n" "možnost=vrednost. Možnosti naj bodo ločene\n" @@ -1887,8 +1912,12 @@ "združijo.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi možnostmi.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nastavite Možnosti ethtool, bo ifup klical ethtool z navedenimi " +"možnostmi.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -2082,24 +2111,40 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite ime vrat za ta vmesnik (velikost črk se razločuje)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite dodate možnosti za ta vmesnik (ločite jih s presledkom)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik omogočen prevzem naslova IP." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " +"for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Omogoči prevzem naslova IP, če naj bo za ta vmesnik " +"omogočen prevzem naslova IP." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Omogoči podporo za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " +"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " +"layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite strojni naslov za 2. plast, če je bila ta kartica " +"nastavljena s podporo za 2. plast." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 @@ -2225,8 +2270,10 @@ "for switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Način nastavitve omrežja</big>\n" -"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav vseh\n" -"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi omrežji.\n" +"Uporabite NetworkManager-ja kot programček za upravljanje povezav " +"vseh\n" +"vmesnikov. Zelo je primeren za preklapljanje med žičnimi in brezžičnimi " +"omrežji.\n" #. Network setup method help #. NetworkManager and ifup are programs @@ -2236,8 +2283,10 @@ "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate grafičnega\n" -"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več vmesnikov hkrati.\n" +"Uporabite Tradicionalni način z <tt>ifup</tt>, če ne uporabljate " +"grafičnega\n" +"delovnega okolja (KDE Plasma ali GNOME) ali če morate uporabljate več " +"vmesnikov hkrati.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 msgid "" @@ -2274,7 +2323,8 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitve protokola IPv6</big>\n" @@ -2307,10 +2357,13 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in omrežno masko.\n" -"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite napravo, skozi katero\n" +"Za vsako pot vnesite naslov IP ciljnega omrežja, naslov prehoda, in " +"omrežno masko.\n" +"Da katerokoli od teh vrednosti izpustite, uporabite črtico »-«. Izberite " +"napravo, skozi katero\n" "bo usmerjen promet v ciljno omrežje. »-« pomeni katerikoli vmesnik.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2319,6 +2372,8 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" +"Omogočite posredovanje IPv4 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v " +"notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 msgid "" @@ -2327,9 +2382,12 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" +"Omogočite posredovanje IPv6 (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih v " +"notranje omrežje), če je računalnik usmerjevalnik.\n" +"Opozorilo: Posredovanje IPv6 onemogoči samodejno nastavljanje naslovov " +"IPv6 brez stanja (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" #| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" @@ -2338,42 +2396,53 @@ #| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " +"not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Omogočite Posredovanje IP (posredovanje paketov iz zunanjih omrežij v\n" -"notranjega), če je ta računalnik usmerjevalnik. Ta nastavitev vpliva na povezovanje\n" -"IPv4 in IPv6. Pomembno: če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje IP\n" -"ni dovolj. Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem zidu nastaviti\n" -"vsaj eno pravilo preusmerjanja. Uporabite YaST-ov modul za požarni zid.\n" +"Pomembno: Če je požarni zid omogočen, samo posredovanje ni dovolj. " +"Omogočiti bi morali tudi lažno predstavljanje in/ali v požarnem zidu " +"nastaviti vsaj eno pravilo preusmerjanja. Uporabite YaST-ov modul za požarni " +"zid.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " +"\n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali preko\n" +"Če za pridobitev naslova IP uporabljate strežnik DHCP, preverite, ali " +"preko\n" "DHCP-ja dobite tudi ime gostitelja. Odjemalec DHCP bo samodejno nastavil\n" "ime gostitelja. Če ime gostitelja spremenite med delovanjem, to lahko zmede\n" -"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna omrežja,\n" +"grafično okolje. To možnost zato onemogočite, če se povezujete v različna " +"omrežja,\n" "ki dodeljujejo različna imena gostitelja. " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " +"\n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega računalnika\n" -"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je uporabno,\n" -"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene omrežne povezave.\n" -"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja omrežne storitve.\n" +"IP-ju povratne zanke dodeli ime gostitelja gostiteljsko ime tega " +"računalnika\n" +"v datoteki <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> poveže z naslovom IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. To je " +"uporabno,\n" +"če želite, da je ime gostitelja vedno moč razrešiti, četudi ni vzpostavljene " +"omrežne povezave.\n" +"V vseh ostalih primerih bodite previdni, še posebej če ta računalnik ponuja " +"omrežne storitve.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 msgid "" @@ -2404,24 +2473,31 @@ msgstr "" "Iskalna domena je ime domene, kjer se iskanje gostiteljskega imena začne.\n" "Glavna iskana domena je običajno enaka imenu domene tega računalnika\n" -"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. primer.com).\n" +"(npr. primer.si). Obstajajo lahko tudi dodatne iskalne domene (npr. " +"primer.com).\n" "Domene ločite z vejico ali presledkom.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " +"domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. primer.si),\n" -"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za e-pošto. Ime\n" +"Vnesite kratko ime za ta računalnik (npr. pc) in domeno DNS (npr. <" +"i>primer.si),\n" +"ki ji pripada. Domena je še posebej pomembna, če je ta računalnik strežnik za " +"e-pošto. Ime\n" "gostitelja tega računalnika si lahko ogledate z ukazom hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" @@ -2429,8 +2505,10 @@ msgstr "" "Izberite način način spreminjanja nastavitev DNS (imenskih strežnikov,\n" "iskalnega seznama, vsebine datoteke /etc/resolv.conf). Običajno t\n" -"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z dinamično\n" -"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je privzeto.\n" +"upravlja skript netconfig, ki združi statično določene podatke z " +"dinamično\n" +"pridobljenimi (npr. od odjemalca DHCP, NetworkManager-ja ...). To je " +"privzeto.\n" "Za večino nastavitev zadostuje možnost Uporabi privzeta pravila.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 @@ -2445,11 +2523,16 @@ "policy.\n" msgstr "" "Če izberete Le ročno, netconfig ne bo več smel spreminjati\n" -"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če izberete\n" -"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je sestavljen\n" -"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne znake.\n" -"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za podrobnosti si\n" -"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje prazno, je to isto,\n" +"datoteke /etc/resolv.conf. Datoteko lahko še vedno urejate ročno. Če " +"izberete\n" +"Uporabi pravila po meri, lahko določite niz pravila po meri, ki je " +"sestavljen\n" +"iz seznama imen vmesnikov, ločenih z vejico. Uporabite lahko tudi nadomestne " +"znake.\n" +"V naprej določeni posebni vrednosti sta STATIC in STATIC_FALLBACK. Za " +"podrobnosti si\n" +"oglejte strani priročnika za netconfig. Opomba: če pustite polje " +"prazno, je to isto,\n" "kot bi izbrali možnost Le ročno.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2457,15 +2540,19 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nastavitev naslova</big>\n" -"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite dodeliti\n" +"Izberite Brez nastavljanja naslova, če tej napravi ne želite " +"dodeliti\n" "naslova IP. To je še posebej uporabno za vezanje naprav Ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " +"BIOS.\n" msgstr "Omogočite iBFT, če želite omrežje nastaviti v BIOS-u.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2485,39 +2572,55 @@ "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Izberite enega od načinov dinamičnega dodeljevanja naslovov. Če imate v\n" -"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne naslove\n" +"krajevnem omrežju delujoč strežnik DHCP, izberite DHCP. Omrežne " +"naslove\n" "se potem samodejno pridobi od tega strežnika.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite Zeroconf.\n" -"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf.\n" +"Za iskanje naslova IP in statično dodelitev najdenega naslova izberite " +"Zeroconf.\n" +"Za uporabo DHCP-ja in zasilno uporabo Zeroconf-a izberiteDHCP + Zeroconf<" +"/b>.\n" "Drugače je omrežne naslove potrebno dodeliti statično.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" -msgstr "Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).\n" +msgstr "" +"Vnesite naslov IP (npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) tega računalnika " +"in naslov IP oddaljenega računalnika (npr. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).<" +"/p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" +"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega računalnika\n" -"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ali le dolžino\n" -"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime gostitelja\n" -"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Za Statično nastavitev naslovov vnesite statični naslov IP tega " +"računalnika\n" +"(npr. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) in omrežno masko (običajno <tt>255.255.255.0<" +"/tt> ali le dolžino\n" +"predpone <tt>/24</tt>). Po potrebi lahko vnesete tudi popolnoma določeno ime " +"gostitelja\n" +"za ta naslov IP. Ime gostitelja bo zapisano v datoteko <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.<" +"/p>\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 @@ -2554,8 +2657,12 @@ "druga področja pa tudi ne obstajajo, bo požarni zid onemogočen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Obvezen vmesnik določa, ali omrežna storitev sporoči napako, če se " +"ob zagonu vmesnik ne zažene." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -2567,18 +2674,24 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Največja enota prenosa</big>\n" -"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je največja velikost\n" -"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno nastavljati,\n" -"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na počasnih\n" -"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite svojo.\n" +"Največja enota prenosa (angl. Maximum Transfer Unit, MTU) je " +"največja velikost\n" +"paketa, ki se v enem okvirju prenese po omrežju. Običajno tega ni potrebno " +"nastavljati,\n" +"vendar lahko nižja vrednost izboljša hitrost delovanja omrežja, še posebej na " +"počasnih\n" +"klicnih povezavah. Izberite eno izmed priporočenih vrednosti ali pa določite " +"svojo.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Izberite podrejene naprave za vezno napravo.\n" -"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." +"Na razpolago so samo naprave z vklopom nastavljenim na Nikoli in " +"izbrano možnostjo Brez nastavljanja naslova." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 @@ -2597,12 +2710,12 @@ "Če določilnika odjemalca DHCPne nastavite, je privzet kar\n" "strojni naslov omrežnega vmesnika. Biti mora različen za vsakega odjemalca\n" "DHCP v nekem omrežju. Če imate več (navideznih) računalnikov,\n" -"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto navedite\n" +"ki uporabljajo isti omrežni vmesnik in s tem isti strojni naslov, tu prosto " +"navedite\n" "edinstven določilnik." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" #| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2614,26 +2727,31 @@ #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " +"Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" +"\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" +"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Poslano ime gostitelja določa niz, ki se uporabi kot ime\n" -"gostitelja, ko dhcpcd pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri strežniki DHCP\n" +"gostitelja, ko odjemalec DHCP pošilja sporočila strežniku DHCP. Nekateri " +"strežniki DHCP\n" "posodobijo področja imenskega strežnika (zapise za obe smeri) glede na\n" "to ime (dinamičen DNS).\n" "Nekateri DHCP strežniki potrebujejo tudi, da polje\n" -"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca DHCP.\n" -"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr to, ki je določeno v\n" +"Poslano ime gostitelja vsebuje določen niz v sporočilih odjemalca " +"DHCP.\n" +"Pustite na AUTO, da se pošlje trenutno ime gostitelja (npr. to, ki je " +"določeno v\n" "<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). Pustite prazno, da se ime gostitelja ne pošlje.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" #| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" @@ -2642,11 +2760,10 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dodatni naslovi</big>\n" -"V tej razpredelnici lahko nastavite dodatne naslove vmesnika (vzdevke).\n" +"V tej razpredelnici lahko nastavite dodatne naslove vmesnika.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" #| "the Netmask." @@ -2654,29 +2771,35 @@ "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" -"Vnesite ime vzdevka, naslov IP in\n" +"Vnesite oznako naslova IPv4, naslov IP in\n" "omrežno masko." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +"truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Ime vzdevka je neobvezno in zastarelo. Skupna dolžina\n" +"Oznaka naslova IPv4 (prej znana kot vzdevek) je neobvezna in " +"zastarela. Skupna dolžina\n" " imena vmesnika (vključno z dvopičjem in oznako) je največ\n" " 15 znakov. Staro orodje ifconfig pa ga odseka po 9 znakih." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in ne eth0:foo" +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"V imenu vzdevka naj ne bo imena vmesnika. Na primer, vnesite foo in " +"ne eth0:foo" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2702,7 +2825,8 @@ "Vnesite 5 znakov za 64-bitni ključ, do 13 znakov za 128-bitni ključ, do\n" "16 znakov za 156-bitni ključ in do 29 znakov za 256-bitni ključ.\n" " Šestnajstiški: direkten vnos šestnajstiških vrednosti ključa.\n" -"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni ključ,\n" +"Vnesite 10 šestnajstiških števk za 64-bitni ključ, 26 števk za 128-bitni " +"ključ,\n" "32 števk za 156-bitni ključ in 58 števk za 256-bitni ključ.\n" "Lahko uporabite vezaj <tt>-</tt> za ločevanje parov oz. skupin števil\n" "(npr. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" @@ -2738,7 +2862,8 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " +"mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2764,7 +2889,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2772,14 +2898,17 @@ msgstr "" "V nekaterih omrežjih morate nastaviti Način overjanja.\n" "Ta je odvisen od uporabljene tehnologije varovanja, WEP ali WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega prometa\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) je sistem šifriranja brezžičnega omrežnega " +"prometa\n" "z opcijskim overjanjem na podlagi šifrirnega ključa. Kjer je uporabljen WEP,\n" -"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne pomeni,\n" +"je v večini primerov odprt način (brez overjanja) zadovoljiv. To ne " +"pomeni,\n" "da ne morete uporabljati šifriranja WEP. Nekatera omrežja lahko potrebujejo\n" "overjanje z deljenim ključem. OPOMBA: overjanje z deljenim ključem\n" "omogoča lažji vdor v vaše omrežje. Razen če nimate posebne potrebe po\n" "overjanju z deljenim ključem, uporabite raje odprt način. Ker je WEP\n" -"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA naj\n" +"dokazano ranljiv, je bil definiran WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access). WPA " +"naj\n" "bi zaprl varnostne luknje, vendar ga ne podpira vsaka strojna oprema.\n" "Če želite uporabiti WPA, izberite za način overjanja WPA-PSK ali\n" "WPA-EAP. To je možno samo v upravljanem načinu delovanja.\n" @@ -2829,19 +2958,20 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Vrednosti bodo sedaj zapisane v nastavitveno datoteko vmesnika:\n" "»ifcfg-*» in »/etc/sysconfig/network». Dodatne nastavitve po potrebi dodajte\n" -"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti mapi." +"ročno. Za vse razpoložljive možnosti si oglejte datoteko »wireless« v isti " +"mapi." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" -msgstr "Naslov IP" +msgstr "Ozn&aka naslova IPv4" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 @@ -2913,8 +3043,10 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u obstaja\n" -"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in PEAP.\n" +"WPA-EAP za overjanje uporabnikov uporablja strežnik RADIUS. V EAP-u " +"obstaja\n" +"več načinov za povezovanje s strežnikom in overjanje. To so TLS, TTLS in " +"PEAP.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 @@ -2926,11 +3058,13 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Za TTLS in PEAP vnesite svojo istovetnost in geslo,\n" "kot sta nastavljena na strežniku. Če je potrebno nastaviti uporabniško ime\n" -"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni potrebno.\n" +"za anonimno istovetnost, ga lahko nastavite tu. Običajno to ni " +"potrebno.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -2951,7 +3085,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -2985,7 +3120,8 @@ "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" "to validate the server's authenticity.\n" msgstr "" -"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo.\n" +"Za izboljšanje varnosti je priporočljivo nastaviti strežniško potrdilo<" +"/b>.\n" "Uporablja se za potrditev pristnosti strežnika.\n" #. push button label @@ -3184,7 +3320,8 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Če želite uporabljati kartico za brezžično omrežje v glavnem ali\n" @@ -3198,7 +3335,8 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno hitrost\n" +"V nekaterih redkih primerih je potrebno posebej nastaviti Bitno " +"hitrost\n" "prenosa. Privzeta nastavitev je, da se uporabi največjo možno." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 @@ -3218,7 +3356,8 @@ "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabi varčevanje z energijo omogoči uporabo prijemov za\n" -"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če uporabljate\n" +"varčevanje z energijo. To je običajno dobra ideja, še posebej, če " +"uporabljate\n" "prenosnik in ste občasno izklopljeni iz električnega omrežja.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3314,7 +3453,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dolžina ključa določa bitno dolžino vašega ključa WEP.\n" "Možni dolžini sta 64 in 128 bitov, včasih imenovani tudi 40 in 104 bitni.\n" -"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite to\n" +"Starejša strojna oprema morda ne podpira 128 bitne dolžine, zato nastavite " +"to\n" "vrednost na 64, če se brezžična omrežna povezava ne vzpostavi." #. Frame label @@ -3359,7 +3499,8 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do povezav\n" +"Če ne uporabljate potrdila overitelja potrdil (CA), to lahko privede do " +"povezav\n" "z nevarnimi, zlonamernimi brezžičnimi omrežji. Ali želite nadaljevati?" #. error popup text @@ -3443,13 +3584,17 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" -" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" +" <big>Nastavitve oddaljenega upravljanja</big>Če je ta " +"možnost omogočena, boste lahko upravljali ta računalnik na\n" "daljavo z nekega drugega računalnika. Uporabite lahko odjemalca VNC,\n" -"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni brskalnik\n" -"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"npr. KRDC (povežite se z <tt><ime gostitelja>:%1</tt>), ali spletni " +"brskalnik\n" +"z vstavkom za Javo (povežite se s <tt>http://<ime gostitelja>:%2/</tt>" +").\n" "Ta način oddaljenega upravljanja je manj varen kot SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3619,10 +3764,9 @@ #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration" msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" -msgstr "&Spremeni nastavitve DNS-a" +msgstr "&Spremeni nastavitve DNS" #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Only Manually" @@ -3696,8 +3840,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti ».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " +"at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Zaradi DNS-ja ki oddaja večim za ime domene ni priporočljivo uporabiti " +"».local«. Uporabite jo na lastno odgovornost." #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3790,16 +3938,14 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" -msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje &IP" +msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje &IPv4" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" -msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje &IP" +msgstr "Omogoči posredovanje I&Pv6" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" @@ -3883,9 +4029,11 @@ "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko uporabniki\n" +"Kadar je nastavljena Regularni izraz klicne predpone, lahko " +"uporabniki\n" "spremenijo klicno predpono v KInternetu, če se ta ujema z izrazom.\n" -"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in prazno predpono.\n" +"Priporočen izraz je <tt>[09]?</tt>, ki dovoljuje <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt> in " +"prazno predpono.\n" "Če je izraz prazen, uporabnikom ni dovoljeno spreminjati predpone.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -3993,8 +4141,10 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "Ob NFSroot je podobno kot <tt>samodejno</tt>. Vmesniki s tem\n" @@ -4005,7 +4155,8 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4016,7 +4167,6 @@ #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Activate &device" msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Vklopi napravo" @@ -4026,7 +4176,8 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -4037,7 +4188,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Način naprave IPoIB" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 msgid "Firewall is not installed." @@ -4046,24 +4197,24 @@ #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, širokopasovni DSL)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1492 (širokopasovni PPPoE)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 msgid "576 (dial-up)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "576 (klicni)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65520 (IPoIB v povezanem načinu)" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2044 (IPoIB v datagramskem načinu)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 @@ -4078,7 +4229,6 @@ msgstr "Potreben je programček" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" #| "(knetworkmanager for KDE and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4088,8 +4238,8 @@ "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev knetworkmanager\n" -"ali GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" +"NetworkManagerja nadzoruje programček (KDE-jev gradnik za namizje Plasma ali " +"GNOME-ov nm-applet).\n" "Prepričajte se, da je zagnan, in ga po potrebi ročno zaženite." #. radio button label @@ -4109,7 +4259,7 @@ #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nadzorovano z &wicked" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" @@ -4161,29 +4311,31 @@ msgstr "Potrditev ponovnega zagona omreja" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati omrežne storitve." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"Zaradi premoščenega omrežja mora YaST za uveljavitev sprememb znova zagnati " +"omrežne storitve." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device name:" -msgstr "Ime naprave" +msgstr "Ime naprave:" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 msgid "Base udev rule on" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pravilo udev naj temelji na" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 -#, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" -msgstr "MAC naslov" +msgstr "MAC naslov: %s" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 msgid "BusID: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BusID: %s" #. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. #. @@ -4541,14 +4693,13 @@ #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" -msgstr "Brez povezave" +msgstr "povezano" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 msgid "datagram" -msgstr "" +msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto @@ -4583,16 +4734,14 @@ msgstr "Naslov IP je dodeljen z uporabo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" -msgstr "Naslov IP: %1/%2" +msgstr "Naslov IP: %s/%s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" -msgstr "Naslov IP: %1, maska podomrežja %2" +msgstr "Naslov IP: %s, maska podomrežja %s" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item @@ -4603,20 +4752,18 @@ #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" -msgstr "Ime naprave: %1" +msgstr "Ime naprave: %s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vezani podrejeni vmesniki" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "enslaved in %1" msgid "enslaved in %s" -msgstr "vezani v %1" +msgstr "vezani v %s" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 msgid "Bonding master" @@ -4631,20 +4778,24 @@ msgstr "Manjka hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " +"See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Omrežne kartice ni moč nastaviti, ker naprava jedra (eth0 ali wlan0) ni " +"prisotna. To je največkrat posledica manjkajoče strojne programske opreme (za " +"brezžične naprave). Za podrobnosti si oglejte izhod ukaza dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" #| "to configure.\n" msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" -msgstr "Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi.\n" +msgstr "Ta naprava ni nastavljena. Za nastavitev kliknite Uredi.\n" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Needed firmware" @@ -4717,24 +4868,21 @@ #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:353 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" -msgstr "Prehod: %1" +msgstr "Prehod: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:357 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP:" +msgstr "Posredovanje IP za IPv4: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:361 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" -msgstr "Posredovanje IP:" +msgstr "Posredovanje IP za IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/nis_server.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -3,23 +3,26 @@ # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2004, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-25 23:45+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>\n" -"Language-Team: slovenian <sl(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:09+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 @@ -74,7 +77,8 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" +msgstr "" +"Gostitelji, ki jim je dovoljeno spraševati strežnik ('netmaska:omrežje')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -161,20 +165,19 @@ "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." msgstr "" -"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski servis\n" +"Spremenite lahko domači imenik NIS strežnika - omrežni informacijski " +"servis\n" "(navadno '/etc')." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite, če naj bo vaša passwd datoteka združena s shadow\n" -"datoteko in če naj bo group> datoteka združena z gshadow\n" -"datoteko\n" -"(možno samo v primeru, če shadow ali gshadow datoteki obstajata).\n" +"Izberite, ali naj bo datoteka passwd združena z datoteko shadow<" +"/i>\n" +"(možno samo v primeru, da datoteka shadowobstaja).\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -227,10 +230,12 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema,\n" +"Vnesite NIS domeno. Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec " +"strežnika tega sistema,\n" "označite ustrezeno izbiro.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -256,7 +261,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dovolite spremembe gesel dovoli uporabnikom spreminjanje\n" "njihovih gesel s prisotnostjo NIS-a. Gumbi za dovoljenje sprememb prijavne\n" -"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo za\n" +"lupine ali GECOS-a (polno ime in sorodne informacije) pa se lahko uporabijo " +"za\n" "nastavitev bolj specifičnih opcij.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -327,13 +333,15 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" +".\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavitev požarnega zidu \n" "Za odprtje požarnega zidu, da dovolite dostop do NIS strežnika z oddaljenih\n" "računalnikov, vključite Odpri vrata v požarnem zidu.\n" -"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" +"Za izbiro vmesnikov na katerih želite odpreti vrata, pritisnite " +"Podrobnosti požarnega zidu.\n" "Ta možnost je na voljo samo, če je požarni zid omogočen.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -373,7 +381,8 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Gostiteljev naslov bo imel dovoljenje, če bo omrežje enako\n" -"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne maske." +"rezultatu operacije bitni IN med naslovom gostitelja in omrežne " +"maske." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -382,7 +391,8 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Vnos z omrežno masko <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> in omrežjem\n" -"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega gostitelja.\n" +"<<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> mora obstajati, da omogočite povezave z lokalnega " +"gostitelja.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -410,19 +420,26 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 -msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." -msgstr "Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika NIS." +msgid "" +"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " +"master NIS server." +msgstr "" +"Vnesite NIS domeno in IP naslov ali ime glavnega strežnika " +"NIS." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 -msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." -msgstr "Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, izberite ustrezeno možnost." +msgid "" +"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option." +msgstr "" +"Če je ta gostitelj hkrati tudi NIS odjemalec strežnika tega sistema, " +"izberite ustrezeno možnost." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "Ime NIS &domene" +msgstr "Ime domene N&IS:" #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 @@ -451,8 +468,14 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." +msgid "" +"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " +"Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "" +"Tukaj vpišite imena gostiteljev, da jih nastavite kot podrejene NIS " +"strežnike. Uporabite Dodaj za dodajanje novega, Uredi za " +"spreminjanje obstoječega in Izbriši za brisanje vnosa." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -511,7 +534,8 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) ali\n" +"Izberite med nastavitvijo NIS strežnika kot glavni strežnik (master) " +"ali\n" "podrejeni strežnik (slave) ali brez nastavitve NIS strežnika.\n" #. help text 2/2 @@ -519,7 +543,8 @@ msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." -msgstr "Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." +msgstr "" +"Strežniški paket NIS bo pred nastavitvjo najprej nameščen." #. To translators: label in the dialog #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/packager.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -9,20 +9,21 @@ # Bojan IVANCIC <bivancic(a)inventio.si>, 2003. # Bojan IVANCIC <bojan(a)inventio.si>, 2004. # Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>, 2004, 2005. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-08 18:07+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. module description @@ -41,7 +42,9 @@ "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" -msgstr "Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" +msgstr "" +"Vnose odstranite tako, da izberete vnos v razpredelnici in kliknete gumb <" +"b>Izbriši. Vnosi bodo takoj odstranjeni iz trenutnih nastavitev.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -381,13 +384,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Naprej.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " +"Naprej.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite Zaključi.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Izberite omrežne vire, ki jih želite uporabiti, in nato kliknite " +"Zaključi.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -464,6 +475,15 @@ "Using the online repositories later in the installed system is\n" "recommended in this case." msgstr "" +"Zaznanega je bilo malo pomnilnika.\n" +"\n" +"Če je pomnilnika manj kot %d MiB, uporabe spletnih virov med začetno " +"namestitvijo ne priporočamo.\n" +"\n" +"Namestilnik se lahko sesuje ali pa zmrzne, če dodatni podatki o paketih " +"potrebujejo preveč pomnilnika.\n" +"\n" +"V tem primeru priporočamo uporabo spletnih virov na že nameščenem sistemu.." #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 @@ -488,8 +508,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v profilu AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Razreševalnik paketov ni uspel. Preverite razdelek s programsko opremo v " +"profilu AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -553,8 +577,11 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Namestitveni viri -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -721,19 +748,31 @@ "Upravljajte nastavljene vire in storitve programske opreme.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko dinamično spreminja." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Storitev ali Storitev kazala virov (angl. repository index " +"service – RIS) je protokol za upravljanje virov paketov. Storitev lahko " +"ponuja enega ali več virov programske opreme, ki jih skrbnik storitve lahko " +"dinamično spreminja." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" +"Dodajanje novega vira ali storitve Za dodajanje novega vira " +"kliknite gumb Dodaj in določite vir ali storitev. YaST bo samodejno " +"zaznal, ali je na podani lokaciji vir ali storitev na voljo.\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 @@ -771,39 +810,63 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja vira ali storitve \n" -"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" +"Za spreminjanje lokacije vira kliknite gumb Uredi. Za odstranjevanje " +"vira kliknite gumb Izbriši. Da omogočite ali onemogočite vir ali " +"spremenite stanje osveževanja, v razpredelnici izberite vir in uporabite " +"potrditvena polja pod njo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost vira \n" -"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in 200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" +"Prednost vira je predstavljena s celim številom med 0 (najvišja prednost) in " +"200 (najnižja prednost). Privzeta prednost je 99. Če je paket na voljo iz več " +"virov, bo uporabljen vir z najvišjo prednostjo.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Za prikaz virov ali storitev na vrhu okna izberite ustrezno možnost." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." -msgstr "Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po namestitvi izbrisani." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Ohrani prejete pakete. Izberite to možnost, če želite prejete " +"pakete ohraniti v krajevnem predpomnilniku. Tako jih je kasneje mogoče znova " +"uporabiti za ponovno namestitev. Če možnost ni izbrana, so prejeti paketi po " +"namestitvi izbrisani." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi /var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Privzeto se krajevni predpomnilnik nahaja v mapi " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Lokacijo lahko spremenite v datoteki " +"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -928,7 +991,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Odvisnosti ni moč razrešiti samodejno. Potrebno je ročno posredovanje." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -945,8 +1009,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, uporabite »%1«." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Namestitev programske opreme -- Ta modul ne podpira besedilnega vmesnika, " +"uporabite »%1«." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1086,8 +1154,11 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli uporabljati." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Napaka — Nadzorna vsota MD5 se ne ujema. Tega nosilca ne bi smeli " +"uporabljati." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1113,49 +1184,74 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" -msgstr "Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ko imate težave z nameščanje in uporabljate namestitveni nosilec CD ali " +"DVD, bi morali preveriti, ali je nosilec pokvarjen.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" +"\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " -msgstr "Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." +msgstr "" +"Izberite pogon, vstavite nosilec v pogon in kliknite gumb Začni " +"preverjanje ali pa kliknite gumb Preveri sliko ISO in izberite " +"datoteko ISO. Preverjanje lahko traja več minut, odvisno od hitrosti pogona " +"in velikosti nosilca. Preverjanje uporabi nadzorno vsoto MD5." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" -msgstr "Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nosilec ne prestane preizkusa, nameščanja z njega ne bi smeli " +"nadaljevati. Lahko spodleti ali pa morda celo izgubite podatke. Najbolje da " +"pokvarjen nosilec nadomestite.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" -msgstr "Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" +msgstr "" +"Po preverjanju vstavite naslednji nosilec in znova začnite postopek. Vrstni " +"red nosilec ni pomemben.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Opomba: Ko sistem uporablja nosilec, ga ne morete zamenjati." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite možnost preverjanja nosilca." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Za preverjanje nosilca pred nameščanjem iz zagonskega menija izberite " +"možnost preverjanja nosilca." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" -msgstr "Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Če nosilec zapišete sami, v programu za zapisovanje uporabite možnost " +"odmika. Tako se izognete bralnim napakam na koncu nosilca.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1163,7 +1259,9 @@ msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" -msgstr "Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." +msgstr "" +"Da se izognete težavam pri nameščanju, priporočamo, da preverite vse " +"namestitvene nosilce. Ta korak lahko preskočite s klikom na »Naprej«." #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1302,7 +1400,6 @@ "Upravljajte znane javne ključe GPG.\n" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1316,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dodajanje novega ključa GPG \n" -"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do datoteke s ključem." +"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG navedite pot do datoteke s ključem.\n" #. header in file selection popup #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 @@ -1342,7 +1439,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dodajanje novega ključa GPG \n" -"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do datoteke s ključem." +"Za dodajanje novega ključa GPG kliknite gumb Dodaj in navedite pot do " +"datoteke s ključem." #. help, continued #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 @@ -1355,7 +1453,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Spreminjanje stanja ključa GPG\n" -"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" +"Za spreminjanje oznake zaupanja kliknite gumb Uredi. Ključ odstranite " +"s klikom na gumb Izbriši.\n" #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 @@ -1496,7 +1595,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Namestitveni vir vsebuje tudi naslednje dodatne vire.\n" @@ -1513,17 +1613,15 @@ #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" -msgstr "Vstavite CD z dodatnim izdelkom" +msgstr "Vstavite nosilec z dodatkom %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" -msgstr "Vstavite prvi namestitveni nosilec." +msgstr "Vstavite nosilec %2 z izdelkom %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 @@ -1669,26 +1767,48 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno distribucijo." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Vaš računalnik je 64-biten sistem x86-64, namestiti oa poskušate 32-bitno " +"distribucijo." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi sistema." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Seznam vzorca navaja, katere zmožnosti bodo razpoložljive po namestitvi " +"sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 MiB) dodatnega prostora." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Predlog prikazuje skupno velikost datotek, ki bodo nameščene na sistem. " +"Poleg tega bo sistem vseboval nekatere druge datoteke (začasne in delovne), " +"tako da bo uporabljenega nekaj več prostora, kot prikazuje predlog. Zato je " +"pred začetkom nameščanja priporočljivo imeti vsaj 25 % (ali približno 300 " +"MiB) dodatnega prostora." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" -msgstr "Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +msgstr "" +"Skupna velikost prejemanja je velikost paketov, ki bodo prejeti iz " +"oddaljenih (omrežnih) virov. Ta vrednost je pomembna, če je povezava počasna " +"ali če imate omejeno količino prejemanj.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 @@ -1727,23 +1847,35 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove namestitvene nosilce." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci teh dodatkov, da vam priskrbijo nove " +"namestitvene nosilce." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni nosilec." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Stopite v stik s proizvajalci tega dodatka, da vam priskrbi nov namestitveni " +"nosilec." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Napaka: Razpoložljivega prostora v osnovni mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč " +"preveriti, ni moč začeti nameščanja." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." +msgstr "" +"Opozorilo: Razpoložljivega prostora v mapi %1 (naprava %2) ni moč preveriti." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 @@ -1771,7 +1903,10 @@ "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" -msgstr "Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" +msgstr "" +"Opombe k izdaji za začetno izdajo so del vira za namestitev. Če bo med " +"namestitvijo omogočena medmrežna povezava, boste lahko s spletnega strežnika " +"SuSE Linux pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 @@ -1826,6 +1961,8 @@ "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" +"Izbor privzetega vzorca izdelka %{pattern_name} ni uspel.\n" +"Vzorec ni bil najden." #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. @@ -1835,8 +1972,12 @@ msgstr "Licenčne datoteke %1 ni moč prebrati" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Za pravilen prikaz licence za izdelek datoteko license.tar.gz med gradnjo " +"slike postavite v koren živega nosilca." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 @@ -2062,7 +2203,9 @@ msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." -msgstr "Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO." +msgstr "" +"Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, nastavite Slika ISO.<" +"/p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 @@ -2182,10 +2325,13 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime vira</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime vira, da določite ime vira. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime " +"uporabil ime izdelka (če je na voljo) ali lokacijo.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 @@ -2196,10 +2342,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ime storitve</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" +"Uporabite Ime storitve, da določite ime storitve. Če je prazno, bo " +"YaST za ime uporabil del lokacije storitve.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 @@ -2240,13 +2388,15 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik NFS</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " +"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku," #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " +"5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Možnosti priklopa</big> \n" @@ -2323,7 +2473,9 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite pot do mape. Če mapa vsebuje le " +"pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite " +"možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 @@ -2350,7 +2502,10 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ključek ali disk USB</big> \n" -"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite napravo USB, na kateri se nahaj vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, " +"da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo " +"diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni " +"podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2359,7 +2514,10 @@ "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" -msgstr "Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" +msgstr "" +"Datotečni sistem, ki je uporabljen na napravi, bo zaznan samodejno, če " +"izberete »auto«. Če zaznavanje spodleti ali pa želite uporabiti določen " +"datotečni sistem, ga izberite s seznama.\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 @@ -2377,7 +2535,10 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" -"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" +"Izberite disk, na katerem se nahaja vir. Uporabite Pot do mape, da " +"določite mapo vira. Če pot izpustite, bo sistem uporabil korensko mapo diska. " +"Če mapa vsebuje le pakete RPM in je brez metapodatkov (t.j. ni podatkov o " +"izdelku), izberite možnost Navadna mapa s paketi.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 @@ -2392,7 +2553,8 @@ "ISO image file." msgstr "" "<big>Krajevna slika ISO</big> \n" -"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO." +"Uporabite Pot do slike ISO, da določite pot do datoteke s sliko ISO.<" +"/p>" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 @@ -2467,29 +2629,37 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Strežnik in mapa</big> \n" -"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" +"Uporabite Ime strežnika in Pot do mape ali slike ISO, da " +"določite ime gostitelja strežnika NFS in pot na strežniku. Da omogočite " +"overjanje, odstranite izbiro možnosti Anonimno in navedite " +"Uporabniško ime in Geslo.\n" "\n" -"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO.\n" +"Za vir SMB/CIFS določite ime Souporabe in Pot do mape ali slike " +"ISO. Če je lokacija datoteka s sliko ISO nosilca, izberite Slika ISO<" +"/b>.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" -msgstr "Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" +msgstr "" +"Za vir HTTP/HTTPS je možno nastaviti Vrata. Za uporabo privzetih " +"vrat pustite nastavitev prazno.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Želim namestiti dodatni izdelek" #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 @@ -2499,7 +2669,8 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Vrsta nosilca</big> \n" -"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem disku." +"Vir programov se lahko nahaja na CD-ju, na omrežnem strežniku ali na trdem " +"disku." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 @@ -2509,7 +2680,8 @@ "have the product CD set or the DVD available." msgstr "" "\n" -"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD izdelka." +"Za dodajanje CD-ja ali DVD-ja pripravite nabor CD-jev ali DVD " +"izdelka." #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 @@ -2564,12 +2736,16 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Prejmi datoteke \n" -"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih bo potreboval.\n" +"Vsak vir vsebuje opisne datoteke, ki opisujejo vsebino vira. Izberite " +"Prejmi opisne datoteke vira, da se po zaprtju tega modula YaST prejmejo " +"datoteke. Če možnosti ne izberete, bo YaST datoteke prejel samodejno, ko jih " +"bo potreboval.\n" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/phone-services.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -1,25 +1,28 @@ -# translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to +# translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to # translation of phone-services.sl_SI.po to Slovenščina # Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001,2003. # Dejan Stancevic <stanac(a)siol.net>, 2003. # Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>, 2005. -# +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: phone-services.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-10 15:44+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Bojan IVANCIC <info(a)inventio.si>\n" -"Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:45+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for answering_machine module #: src/clients/answering_machine.rb:37 @@ -116,15 +119,13 @@ #. #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:25 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:24 -#, fuzzy msgid "MailAndSave" -msgstr "Poštni strežnik" +msgstr "Pošlji in shrani" #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:26 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:25 -#, fuzzy msgid "SaveOnly" -msgstr "Samo" +msgstr "Samo shrani" #. dialog caption #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:35 @@ -141,7 +142,8 @@ msgstr "" "Pogovorno okno omogoča nastavitev telefonske tajnice za enega ali več\n" "uporabnikov. Vsak uporabnik mora imeti nastavljeno vsaj eno edinstveno \n" -"telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik). Za nadaljnje\n" +"telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik). Za " +"nadaljnje\n" "informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.\n" #. Answering machine general help 2/2 @@ -171,7 +173,8 @@ msgstr "" "Telefonske številke: Ena ali več telefonskih številk, ločenih \n" "z vejicami, ki pripadajo le temu uporabniku. Da bi uporabnik sprejel \n" -"sporočilo s katerekoli številke, lahko v polje vnesete <tt>*</tt>.\n" +"sporočilo s katerekoli številke, lahko v polje vnesete <tt>*</tt>." +"\n" #. Answering machine help for options 3/6 #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:74 @@ -195,16 +198,21 @@ "disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>. <tt>None</tt> forbids\n" "recording -- the answering machine only plays the announcement.\n" msgstr "" -"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani sporočila na\n" +"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani " +"sporočila na\n" "disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z izbiro možnosti\n" -"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. pošti), z\n" -"izbiro možnosti<tt>Brez</tt> pa se prepreči shranjevanje sporočil - telefonska\n" +"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. " +"pošti), z\n" +"izbiro možnosti<tt>Brez</tt> pa se prepreči shranjevanje sporočil - " +"telefonska\n" "tajnica bo za vsak klic le predvajala obvestilo.\n" #. Answering machine help for options 6/6 #: src/include/phone-services/answering_machine.rb:87 msgid "Pin: Identification code for the remote inquiry function." -msgstr "Pin: Identifikacijska koda za funkcijo oddaljenega poizvedovanja." +msgstr "" +"Pin: Identifikacijska koda za funkcijo oddaljenega poizvedovanja.<" +"/p>" #. main dialog contents #. `VStretch() @@ -289,7 +297,8 @@ "Pogovorno okno omogoča nastavitev telefaks sistema za enega\n" "ali več uporabnikov. Vsak uporabnik mora imeti nastavljeno vsaj eno\n" "edinstveno telefonsko številko (številko, ki je nima noben drug uporabnik).\n" -"Za nadaljnje informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.\n" +"Za nadaljnje informacije poglejte v navodila v poglavje o telekomunikacijah.<" +"/p>\n" #. Fax dialog general help 2/3 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:61 @@ -313,8 +322,11 @@ #. Fax dialog help for options 1/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:71 -msgid "User: The system user to which this fax account belongs. \n" -msgstr "Uporabnik: Uporabnik sistema, ki lahko pošilja ali sprejema telefaks sporočila.\n" +msgid "" +"User: The system user to which this fax account belongs. \n" +msgstr "" +"Uporabnik: Uporabnik sistema, ki lahko pošilja ali sprejema " +"telefaks sporočila.\n" #. Fax dialog help for options 2/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:75 @@ -355,7 +367,8 @@ "a string containing some name.\n" msgstr "" "Vrstica v glavi: Vrstica vsebuje besedilo, ki se uporablja\n" -"pri pošiljanju telefaksov. Navadno vsebuje ime ali podjetje pošiljatelja.\n" +"pri pošiljanju telefaksov. Navadno vsebuje ime ali podjetje pošiljatelja." +"\n" #. Fax dialog help for options 6/6 #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:94 @@ -364,9 +377,12 @@ "received faxes are sent to the user as mail and saved to disk.\n" "To disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani telefaks\n" -"sporočila na disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z izbiro možnosti\n" -"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. pošti).\n" +"Akcija: Privzeta nastavitev <tt>Pošlji in shrani</tt> shrani " +"telefaks\n" +"sporočila na disk in jih nato uporabniku pošlje po elektronski pošti. Z " +"izbiro možnosti\n" +"<tt>Samo shrani</tt> se sporočila shranjo na disk (brez pošiljanja po el. " +"pošti).\n" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/phone-services/fax.rb:156 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/storage.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Boris Šavc <boris.savc(a)odis-info.com>, 2004. # Bojan IVANCIC <bojan(a)inventio.si>, 2004. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 03:57+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 21:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || " +"n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup text @@ -40,7 +41,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih diskov.\n" +"Program uporabljajte le, če vam je poznano upravljanje razdelkov trdih " +"diskov.\n" "\n" "Nikoli ne upravljajte razdelkov diska, ki je na kakršenkoli način v uporabi\n" "(priklopljen, izmenjalni razdelek, itd.), razen v primeru, da točno veste,\n" @@ -67,31 +69,27 @@ #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Share Configuration" msgid "Storage Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitve skupne rabe" +msgstr "Nastavitve shranjevanja" #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk partitioner" msgid "List disks and partitions" -msgstr "Razdeljevalnik diskov" +msgstr "Izpiše seznam diskov in razdelkov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot disk" msgid "List disks" -msgstr "Zagonski disk" +msgstr "Izpiše sezam diskov" #. Command line option help text #: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit partition " msgid "List partitions" -msgstr "Uredi particijo " +msgstr "Izpiše seznam razdelkov" #. Title for dialogue #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 @@ -100,10 +98,9 @@ #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." -msgstr "Razdeljevanje za strokovnjake" +msgstr "&Razdeljevanje za strokovnjake ..." #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 @@ -126,10 +123,9 @@ #. this is the normal case #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve predloga" +msgstr "Uredi nastavitve predloga" #. help on suggested partitioning #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 @@ -413,7 +409,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za Windows.\n" +"Windows Uporabljeno je velikost uporabljenega dela razdelka za " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -672,8 +669,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti posodobitveno zgoščenko." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Najden ni bil noben disk. Če je mogoče, za namestitev poskusite uporabiti " +"posodobitveno zgoščenko." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -1003,7 +1003,8 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo delovalo.\n" +"Niste določili vrhovnega (korenskega) razdelka za namestitev To ne bo " +"delovalo.\n" "Enemu razdelku dodelite vrhovno priklopno točko »/«.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1017,8 +1018,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt ali /var.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te priklopne\n" +"Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /, /usr, /home, /opt " +"ali /var.\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave. Za razdelke, priklopljene v te " +"priklopne\n" "točke, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1033,7 +1036,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek FAT ste poskusili priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " +"priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1048,7 +1052,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Razdelek Btrfs ste priklopiti v priklopno točko /boot.\n" -"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to priklopno\n" +"To bo najverjetneje povzročalo težave Za razdelke, priklopljene v to " +"priklopno\n" "točko, uporabljate Linuxove datotečne sisteme, kot sta ext4 in ext3.\n" "\n" "Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" @@ -1098,6 +1103,9 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Opozorilo: prisotnega ni nobenega razdelka vrste bios_grub.\n" +"Za zaganjanje z diska GPT z uporabo GRUB2 je potreben tak razdelek.\n" +"Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to @@ -1148,6 +1156,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" +"Opozorilo: Nekatere podnosilce korenskega datotečnega sistema prekrivajo\n" +"priklopne točke drugih datotečnih sistemov. To lahko povzroči težave.\n" +"\n" +"Ali res želite uporabiti te nastavitve?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 @@ -1252,7 +1264,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1375,12 +1388,15 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" +"Izbrani razširjen razdelek vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno " +"priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" "Pred brisanjem razširjenega razdelka, je zelo priporočljivo te\n" "te razdelke odklopiti.\n" @@ -1562,13 +1578,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Oznaka nosilca:\n" -"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to smiselno,\n" -"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne sme\n" +"Ime vneseno v to polju je uporabljeno kot oznaka nosilca. Navadno je to " +"smiselno,\n" +"ko vključite možnost priklopa s pomočjo oznake nosilca. Oznaka nosilca ne " +"sme\n" "vsebovati znaka / ali presledkov.\n" #. label text @@ -1743,7 +1762,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu razdelku.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " +"sistema." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1754,7 +1774,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 ne more razširiti datotečnega sistema na izbranemu logičnemu nosilcu.\n" -"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega sistema." +"Samo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs in raiser dovoljujejo razširjanje datotečnega " +"sistema." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1808,12 +1829,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Izbrana naprava vsebuje druge razdelke, ki so trenutno priklopljeni:\n" "%1\n" -"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke odklopiti.\n" +"Pred brisanjem tabele razdelkov, je zelo priporočljivo te razdelke " +"odklopiti.\n" "Kliknite »Prekliči«, razen v primeru, da točno veste, kaj delate.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1859,20 +1882,17 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" #| "from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Ustvarite in odstranite podnosilce\n" -"datotečnega sistema Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "Ustvarite in odstranite podnosilce datotečnega sistema Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "" +"Omogoči samodejne posnetke datotečnega sistema Btrfs z orodjem snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -1901,7 +1921,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 msgid "Enable Snapshots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omogoči posnetke" #. heading text #. button text @@ -1972,16 +1992,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in /var/tmp.\n" -"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril naključno geslo. To\n" -"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"Ta priklopna točka pripada začasnemu datotečnemu sistemu, kot sta /tmp in " +"/var/tmp.\n" +"Če šifrirno geslo pustite prazno, bo sistem ob zagonu za vas ustvaril " +"naključno geslo. To\n" +"pomeni, da boste ob izklopu sistema izgubili vse podatke na tem datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -1990,14 +2014,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"Če geslo pozabite, boste izgubili dostop do podatkov na tem datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" "Geslo izberite previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk\n" "in številk. Za zagotovitev pravilnega vnosa gesla, le-to vnesete dvakrat.\n" "\n" @@ -2008,7 +2034,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2061,7 +2088,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2093,7 +2121,6 @@ "razdelkov za strokovnjake uničiti oznako diska.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n" #| "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2205,8 +2232,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v priklopni točki." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Neveljaven znak v priklopni točki. Ne uporabljanje znakov »` ' ! \" % #« v " +"priklopni točki." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2226,7 +2256,6 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" #| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2234,8 +2263,8 @@ "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." msgstr "" -"Napravi z neobstoječim ali neznanim datotečnim\n" -"sistemom ni dovoljeno dodeliti priklopne točke." +"Napravi brez izmenjalnega datotečnega sistema\n" +"ni dovoljeno dodeliti priklopne točke swap." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) @@ -2855,7 +2884,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naprava ne podpira spreminjanja velikosti." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 @@ -3010,7 +3039,8 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Ta prikaz kaže vse naprave preslikovalnika naprav, razen tistih, ki so že\n" -"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz BIOS-a\n" +"vključene v drugih prikazih. To pomeni, da diski z več potmi, RAID-i iz " +"BIOS-a\n" "in logični nosilci LVM tu niso prikazani.\n" #. helptext @@ -3018,7 +3048,8 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." +msgstr "" +"Ta prikaz kaže podrobnosti o izbrani napravi preslikovalnika naprav." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 @@ -3065,7 +3096,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" -msgstr " Dodaj skupino nosilcev " +msgstr "Dodaj skupino nosilcev " #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges @@ -3077,10 +3108,9 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Device Graph..." msgid "Save Device Graph..." -msgstr "Izvozi graf naprav ..." +msgstr "Shrani graf naprav ..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 @@ -3104,10 +3134,9 @@ #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Mount Graph..." msgid "Save Mount Graph..." -msgstr "Izvozi graf priklopov ..." +msgstr "Shrani graf priklopov ..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 @@ -3775,11 +3804,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do datoteke,\n" +"Ime s potjo zančne datoteke: Mora biti absolutna pot do " +"datoteke,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke za nastavitev šifrirane zančne naprave.\n" #. helptext @@ -3791,7 +3822,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena datoteka\n" +"Ustvari zančno datoteko: Če je to izbrano, bo ustvarjena " +"datoteka\n" "z velikostjo, navedeno v naslednjem polju. OPOMBA: Če datoteka\n" "že obstaja, bodo izgubljeni vsi podatki v njej.\n" @@ -3818,8 +3850,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "OPOMBA:Med nameščanjem YaST ne more izvajati preizkusov\n" -"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni dostopen.\n" -"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo vnesete.\n" +"skladnosti velikosti datotek in imen s potmi, ker datotečni sistem ni " +"dostopen.\n" +"Ustvarjen bo na koncu nameščanja. Pazite, kakšno velikost in ime s potjo " +"vnesete.\n" #. input field label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 @@ -4001,7 +4035,8 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" +msgstr "" +"Ali res želite izbrisati skupino nosilcev »%1« in povezane logične nosilce?" # check_en #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes @@ -4082,7 +4117,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Vnesite velikost novega logičnega nosilca ter število in velikost\n" @@ -4100,10 +4136,14 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Tako imenovane tanke nosilce lahko ustvarite\n" -"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz dodeljenega\n" -"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke zaloge.\n" -"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka zaloga\n" -"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega števila trakov." +"s poljubno velikostjo nosilca. Potreben prostor se po potrebi pridobi iz " +"dodeljenega\n" +"tanke zaloge. Ustvarite lahko tudi tanek nosilec, ki je večji od tanke " +"zaloge.\n" +"Ko se podatki dejansko zapišejo na tanek nosilec, mora dodeljena tanka " +"zaloga\n" +"seveda zadoščati potrebi po prostoru. Tanki nosilci ne morejo imeti fiksnega " +"števila trakov." #. heading for frame #. Column header @@ -4136,30 +4176,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za običajen nosilec.\n" -"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" +"To je privzeto in pomeni navadne nosilce LVM. Taki so bili vsi nosilci preden " +"je obstajala zmožnost tankega oskrbovanja.\n" "Če niste prepričani, je to najverjetneje prava izbira." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanko zalogo.\n" -"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo po potrebi." +"To pomeni, da tanki nosilci potreben prostor iz take zaloge dodelijo " +"po potrebi." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Logični nosilec lahko razglasite za tanek nosilec.\n" -"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge." +"To pomeni, da nosilec potreben prostor dodeli po potrebi iz tanke zaloge<" +"/b>." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4213,12 +4259,14 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "Za ustvaritev skupine nosilcev ni dovolj primernih neuporabljenih naprav.\n" "\n" -"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali 0x83)\n" +"Za uporabo LVM-ja je potreben vsaj en neuporabljen razdelek vrste 0x8e (ali " +"0x83)\n" "ali ena neuporabljena naprava RAID. Temu primerno spremenite tabelo razdelkov." #. error popup @@ -4425,7 +4473,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom na\n" +"Spremenili ste razdelke ali nastavitve naprav za shranjevanje. Če s klikom " +"na\n" " »%1« končate upravljalnika razdelkov, boste izgubili vse spremembe.\n" "Ali res želite končati?" @@ -4446,8 +4495,11 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Nastavitve NFS-ja niso na voljo. Preverite namestitev paketa yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4466,11 +4518,10 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." #| msgid_plural "For %1, select at least %2 devices." msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." -msgstr "Za %1 izberite vsaj %2 naprav." +msgstr "Za %1 izberite vsaj toliko naprav: %2." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 @@ -4481,21 +4532,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Ta stopnja poveča hitrost diska.\n" -"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo mogoče obnoviti.\n" +"V tem načinu NI redundance. Če odpove en izmed pogonov, podatkov ne bo " +"mogoče obnoviti.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Ta način ima najboljšo redundanco. Lahko\n" -"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh podatkov\n" +"se uporablja z dvema ali več diski. Način vzdržuje popolno kopijo vseh " +"podatkov\n" "na vseh diskih. Dokler deluje vsaj en disk, ne izgubimo nobenega podatka.\n" "Uporabljeni razdelki v tem načinu naj bi imeli približno isto velikost.\n" @@ -4503,12 +4559,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Ta način kombinira upravljanje z večjim številom diskov\n" -"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na treh ali več\n" -"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" +"in še vedno zadrži določeno mero redundance. Način je lahko uporabljen na " +"treh ali več\n" +"diskih. Če odpove en disk, se podatki ohranijo, če hkrati odpovesta dva, so " +"izgubljeni vsi podatki.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4517,17 +4577,22 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" +"Ime RIAD vam omogoča smiselno poimenovati RAID. To ni obvezno.\n" +"Če podate ime, je naprava na voljo kot <tt>/dev/md/<ime></tt>.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Dodajte razdelke RAID-u. Glede na vrsto\n" "RAID-a je uporabna velikost diska vsota teh razdelkov (RAID 0), velikost\n" -"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5).\n" +"najmanjšega razdelka (RAID 1) ali (N–1)-krat najmanjši razdelek (RAID 5)." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4578,7 +4643,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ime RAID (ni obvezno)" #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 @@ -4590,12 +4655,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost delcev: Je najmanjši nedeljiv del podatkov, ki\n" -"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za RAID 0\n" -"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko vpliva.\n" +"se lahko zapiše na naprave. Smiselna velikost delcev za RAID 5 je 128 kB. Za " +"RAID 0\n" +"je 32 kB dobra začetna velikost. Pri RAID 1 pa sama velikost nima veliko " +"vpliva.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4605,10 +4674,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritem parnosti za uporabo z RAID 5/6.\n" -"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" +"Levo-simetrični je tisti, ki nudi največjo hitrost na običajnih diskih z " +"vrtljivimi ploščami.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4687,6 +4758,10 @@ "This normally means the subset of raid devices is too small\n" "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"RAID-a %1 ni mogoče spremeniti, ker ni dejaven. To običajno\n" +"pomeni, da je podkuspina naprav RAID premajhna, da bi bil\n" +"RAID uporaben.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 @@ -4876,16 +4951,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo ustvarjenih\n" -"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni obstojno.\n" -"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev ustvari iz\n" -"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni vedno res.\n" -"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Možnost Za priklop privzeto uporabi določa način priklopa novo " +"ustvarjenih\n" +"datotečnih sistemov. Ime naprave uporablja ime od jedra, ki ni " +"obstojno.\n" +"ID naprave in Pot do naprave uporabljata ime, ki ga udev " +"ustvari iz\n" +"podatkov o strojni opremi. To naj bi bilo obstojno, vendar to na žalost ni " +"vedno res.\n" +"UUID in Oznaka nosilca uporabljata UUID in oznako datotečnega " +"sistema.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 @@ -4900,7 +4982,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4987,7 +5071,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "ta prikaz kaže naprave, katerim ni dodeljena nobena priklopna točka,\n" -"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih nosilcev." +"diske, ki nimajo razdelkov, in skupine nosilcev, ki nimajo logičnih " +"nosilcev." #. popup message #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 @@ -5174,7 +5259,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "To pogovorno okno je namenjeno določanju razredov za\n" @@ -5185,9 +5271,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Napravo lahko uvrstite v razred tako, da z desnim gumbom\n" @@ -5202,7 +5291,9 @@ msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." +msgstr "" +"Po izboru razredov za naprave lahko naprave razvrstite s pritiskom na gumb " +"z oznako »%1« ali »%2«." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 @@ -5240,20 +5331,30 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z regularnim izrazom \n" -"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu izrazu, bodo\n" -"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z imenom iz jedra\n" -"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz udev\n" +"S klikom na gumb %1 lahko izberete datoteko, ki vsebuje vrstice z " +"regularnim izrazom \n" +"in imenom razreda (npr. »sda.* A«). Vse naprave, ki ustrezajo regularnemu " +"izrazu, bodo\n" +"uvrščene v razred določen v posamezni vrstici. Regularni izraz se primerja z " +"imenom iz jedra\n" +"(npr. /dev/sda1), imenom poti iz udev (npr. " +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) in določilnikom iz " +"udev\n" "(npr. e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" -"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje." +"Če ime naprave ustreza več regularnim izrazom, razred določi prvo ujemanje.<" +"/p>" #. headline text #. Column header @@ -5278,7 +5379,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" +"Podana je neveljavna velikost. Uporabite številko, ki ji sledi en izmed " +"znakov K, M, G ali %.\n" "Vrednost mora biti vsaj 100K ali med 1% in 200%. Poskusite znova." # login -> Benutzername @@ -5290,11 +5392,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Velikost tmpfs:\n" -"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M (mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti pomnilnika." +"Velikost lahko vnesete kot številko, ki ji sledi en izmed znakov K (kilo), M " +"(mega) ali G (giga).Če številki sledi znak %, to pomeni odstotek velikosti " +"pomnilnika." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 @@ -5314,7 +5419,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prednost izmenjalnega prostora:\n" -"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo prednost.\n" +"Vnesite prednost izmenjalnega prostora. Višje vrednosti pomenijo višjo " +"prednost.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 @@ -5325,7 +5431,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Priklopi samo za branje:\n" @@ -5358,7 +5465,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Uporabnik lahko priklopi:\n" -"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to onemogočeno.\n" +"Datotečni sistem lahko priklopi naveden uporabnik. Privzeto je to " +"onemogočeno.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 @@ -5371,14 +5479,18 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne priklopi ob zagonu sistema:\n" "Datotečni sistem ni samodejno priklopljen ob zagonu sistema.\n" "Ustvarjen je vnos v /etc/fstab in datotečni sistem je priklopljen\n" -"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka></tt>\n" -"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično priklopljen).\n" +"z ustreznimi možnostmi, ko je izveden ukaz <tt>mount <priklopna točka><" +"/tt>\n" +"(<priklopna točka> je imenik kamor je datotečni sistem logično " +"priklopljen).\n" "Privzeto se priklopi samodejno.\n" #. button text @@ -5410,16 +5522,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Način zapisovanja podatkov z dnevnikom:\n" "Določi način zapisovanja datotečnih podatkov z dnevnikom.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani v dnevnik še pred zapisom\n" "na glavni datotečni sistem. Najbolj zmanjša hitrost. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> — Vsi podatki so zapisani na glavni datotečni sistem\n" -"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti.\n" +"preden so njihovi metapodatki zapisani v dnevnik. Srednje zmanjša hitrost. " +"\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> — Vrstni red podatkov ni ohranjen. Ne zmanjša hitrosti." +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 @@ -5455,18 +5571,24 @@ msgstr " &Vrednost poljubne možnosti" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Neveljavni znaki v vrednosti poljubne možnosti. Ne uporabljajte presledkov in " +"tabulatorjev. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Vrednost poljubne možnosti:\n" -"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja /etc/fstab.\n" +"V to polje vnesite katerokoli dovoljeno priklopno možnost iz četrtega polja " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Več možnosti ločite z vejico.\n" #. label text @@ -5492,10 +5614,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kodna tabela za kratka imena FAT:\n" -"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" +"Ta kodna tabela se uporablja za pretvarjanje v znake kratkih imen na " +"datotečnih sistemih FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 @@ -5506,7 +5630,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Število FAT-ov:\n" "Določite število alokacijskih tabel na datotečnem sistemu. Privzeto\n" @@ -5521,10 +5646,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost FAT:\n" -"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite vrsto uporabljene alokacijske tabele (12, 16 ali 32-bitna). Če " +"določite samodejno določanje tipa, bo YaST samodejno izbral najprimernejši " +"tip tabele glede na velikost datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 @@ -5534,7 +5663,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." +msgstr "" +"Najmanjša velikost za »Vnosi v korenskem imeniku« je 112. Poskusite znova." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 @@ -5554,10 +5684,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Razpršilna funkcija:\n" -"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek v imenikih.\n" +"Določi ime razpršilne funkcije, ki bo uporabljena za razvrščanje imen datotek " +"v imenikih.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 @@ -5568,10 +5700,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Različica datotečnega sistema:\n" -"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" +"Možnost določa katera različica formata reiserfs-a bo uporabljena. »3.5« je " +"namenjena združljivosti nazaj z jedri 2.2.x. »3.6« je novejša različica, " +"vendar je uporabna le z jedri različice 2.4 ali novejše.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5583,10 +5720,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka 4096..\n" +"Navedite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 512, 1024, 2048 in " +"4096 bajtov na blok. Če je izbira samodejna, bo uporabljena velikost bloka " +"4096..\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5613,10 +5754,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Odstotek prostora za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen strukturam inode.\n" +"Možnost določa največji odstotek datotečnega sistema, ki je lahko dodeljen " +"strukturam inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 @@ -5627,12 +5770,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Poravnava za inode:\n" -"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava ali ne.\n" +"Možnost določa, če se pri dodeljevanju za strukture inode upošteva poravnava " +"ali ne.\n" "Privzeta izbira je poravnavanje. Dostop do podatkov\n" "pri poravnanem dodeljevanju za inode je navadno bolj učinkovit.\n" @@ -5655,10 +5800,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost dnevnika\n" -"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" +"Določite velikost dnevnika (v megabajtih). Če izberete samodejno določitev " +"velikosti, je privzeta vrednost 40 % skupne velikosti.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 @@ -5696,10 +5843,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Velikost bloka:\n" -"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" +"Določite velikost bloka v bajtih. Veljavne vrednosti so 1024, 2048 in 4096 " +"bajtov na blok. Če izberete samodejno, bo velikost bloka določena glede na " +"velikost in predvideno uporabo datotečnega sistema.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 @@ -5747,8 +5898,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je 5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Odstotek blokov, rezerviranih za uporabnika root: Določite odstotek " +"blokov, ki bodo rezervirani za uporabnika root. Privzeta vrednost je " +"izračunana tako, da je običajno rezerviran 1 GB. Zgornja privzeta meja je " +"5.0, spodnja privzeta meja pa 0.1. " # &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- @@ -5778,7 +5937,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Imeniško kazalo:\n" -"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.\n" +"Omogoči uporabo razpršenih b-dreves za pohitritev iskanj v velikih imenikih.<" +"/p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 @@ -5789,7 +5949,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Brez dnevnika:\n" @@ -5799,7 +5960,7 @@ #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dejanje na disku %1 ni dovoljeno.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 @@ -5825,7 +5986,6 @@ #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5846,14 +6006,13 @@ "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Razdelitev diska %1 ni berljiva ali podprta s strani razdelitvenega\n" -"orodja »parted«, ki se uporablja za spreminjanje\n" -"razdelitvene tabele.\n" +"Disk %1 ne vsebuje tabele razdelkov, vendar je jedro zaradi\n" +"združljivosti samodejno ustvarilo razdelek, ki se razteza čez\n" +"skoraj ves disk.\n" "\n" -"Lahko uporabljate obstoječe razdelke na disku %1.\n" -"Lahko jih formatirate in jim določite priklopne točke, ne morete\n" -"pa jih dodajati, spreminjati jim velikosti ali jih odstraniti iz\n" -"diska.\n" +"Razdelek na disku %1 lahko uporabite v obstoječi obliki ali pa\n" +"ga sformatirate in mu dodelite priklopno točko. Razdelka na\n" +"tem disku ne morete odstraniti ali mu spremeniti velikosti.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 @@ -5964,7 +6123,8 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" "Naslednji nosilci vsebujejo šifrirni podpis, vendar gesla še niso znana.\n" -"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." +"Gesla bo potrebno vedeti, če bodo nosilci potrebni med posodabljanjem ali če " +"nosilci vsebujejo zašifriran fizični nosilec LVM." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6030,16 +6190,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -"\n" -"Razdelka %1 ni moč odstraniti, ker so drugi razdelki na disku %2\n" -"v uporabi.\n" +"Razdelkov ne morete ustvariti, ker so drugi razdelki na disku v uporabi." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 msgid "" @@ -6381,7 +6539,10 @@ "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -msgstr "Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" +msgstr "" +"Priklopil prikazuje, kako je priklopljen datotečni sistem: (Jedro) po " +"imenu iz jedra, (Oznaka) po oznaki datotečnega sistema, (UUID) po UUID-ju " +"sistema, (ID) po določilniku naprave in (Pot) po poti naprave.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6409,7 +6570,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Zvezdica (*) za priklopno točko nakazuje, da datotečni sistem\n" @@ -6772,15 +6934,18 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Spreminjanje velikosti ni možno, ker datotečni sistem ni skladen. Poskusite " +"iz Windows preveriti datotečni sistem." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "Ustvari predlog na osnovi &LVM-a" +msgstr "Ustvari predlog na osnovi &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 @@ -6789,34 +6954,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" -msgstr "Možnosti datotečnega sistema:" +msgstr "Datotečni sistem za korenski razdelek" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" -msgstr "Predlagaj ločen razdelek za &domače mape" +msgstr "Datotečni sistem za domači razdelek" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enable Suspend" msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" -msgstr "O&mogoči zaustavitev" +msgstr "Po&večaj izmenjalni prostor za stanje pripravljenosti" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve predloga" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" @@ -6824,8 +6984,8 @@ "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Za ustvaritev predloga temelječega na LVM, izberite ustrezno možnost.\n" +"Za ustvaritev predloga temelječega na LVM, izberite\n" +"ustrezno možnost. Predlog lahko zašifrirate.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 @@ -6835,6 +6995,9 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" +"Datotečni sistem za korenski razdelek lahko izberete z ustreznim\n" +"spustnim seznamom. Z BtrFS lahko predlog omogoči samodejne\n" +"posnetke s snapper-jem. To poveča korenski razdelek." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 @@ -6842,6 +7005,8 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" +"Predlog lahko ustvari ločen domači razdelek. Datotečni sistem\n" +"za domači razdelek lahko izberete z ustreznim spustnim seznamom." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 @@ -6849,6 +7014,9 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" +"Izmenjalni razdelek je v večini primerov lahko dovolj velik za\n" +"pošiljanje računalnika v stanje pripravljenosti s shranjevanjem\n" +"na disk." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/users.sl.po 2014-09-24 19:01:19 UTC (rev 89446) @@ -12,20 +12,21 @@ # Bojan IVANCIC <bivancic(a)inventio.si>, 2003. # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2004. # Igor Gramc <igor.gramc(a)iuv.si>, 2004. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-08 13:07+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 19:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Users module @@ -107,8 +108,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Seznam članov skupine, navadno uporabniška imena, ločena z vejico. Seznam DN-jev uporabnikov LDAP mora biti ločen z dvopičjem." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Seznam članov skupine, navadno uporabniška imena, ločena z vejico. Seznam " +"DN-jev uporabnikov LDAP mora biti ločen z dvopičjem." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -159,13 +164,25 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "Izberite Krajevno, če želite uporabnike overiti le z uporabo krajevnih datotek /etc/passwd in /etc/shadow." +msgid "" +"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " +"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Krajevno, če želite uporabnike overiti le z uporabo " +"krajevnih datotek /etc/passwd in /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Če obstaja predhodna namestitev ali alternativen sistem, je uporabnike možno ustvariti na osnovi tega vira. Da to storite, izberite Uporabniške podatke preberi iz predhodne namestitve. Ta možnost za vsakega uporabnika uporabi obstoječe domače mape ali pa jih ustvari na mestu, določenem za to namestitev." +msgid "" +"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " +"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " +"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home " +"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" +"Če obstaja predhodna namestitev ali alternativen sistem, je uporabnike možno " +"ustvariti na osnovi tega vira. Da to storite, izberite Uporabniške podatke " +"preberi iz predhodne namestitve. Ta možnost za vsakega uporabnika uporabi " +"obstoječe domače mape ali pa jih ustvari na mestu, določenem za to namestitev." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -204,16 +221,25 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +"Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +msgstr "" +"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali " +"LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno " +"možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo " +"odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." +msgstr "" +"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik NIS ali " +"LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da " +"nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -221,19 +247,30 @@ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +msgstr "" +"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, " +"oziroma želite uporabnike overiti na strežniku NT, izberite ustrezno možnost. " +"Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z nastavitvijo odjemalca." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." +msgstr "" +"Če za shranjevanje uporabniških podatkov uporabljate strežnik LDAP, " +"izberite ustrezno možnost. Nato kliknite gumb Naprej, da nadaljujte z " +"nastavitvijo odjemalca." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "Izberite Nastavi overitev Kerberos, da po nastavitvi vira uporabniških podatkov nastavite Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " +"configuring the user data source." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Nastavi overitev Kerberos, da po nastavitvi vira " +"uporabniških podatkov nastavite Kerberos." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -319,7 +356,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Poleg običajnih uporabnikov sistema, ki pišejo besedila, ustvarjajo grafiko ali brskajo po medmrežju, je uporabnik »root« prisoten na vsakem sistemu. Ta uporabnik je namenjen izvajanju sistemskih opravil. V sistem se kot uporabnik »root« prijavite le takrat, ko želite nekaj namestiti ali nastaviti na sistemski ravni.\n" +"Poleg običajnih uporabnikov sistema, ki pišejo besedila, ustvarjajo grafiko " +"ali brskajo po medmrežju, je uporabnik »root« prisoten na vsakem sistemu. Ta " +"uporabnik je namenjen izvajanju sistemskih opravil. V sistem se kot uporabnik " +"»root« prijavite le takrat, ko želite nekaj namestiti ali nastaviti na " +"sistemski ravni.\n" #. help text, continued 2/5 #. help text, continued 2/5 @@ -327,13 +368,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ker uporabnik »root« poseduje obsežna dovoljenja, geslo zanj izberite previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk in številk. Da zagotovite pravilen vnos, geslo znova vpišite še v drugo polje.\n" +"Ker uporabnik »root« poseduje obsežna dovoljenja, geslo zanj izberite " +"previdno. Priporočljiva je uporaba kombinacije črk in številk. Da zagotovite " +"pravilen vnos, geslo znova vpišite še v drugo polje.\n" #. help text, continued 3/5 #. help text, continued 3/5 @@ -342,11 +386,14 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vsa pravila za gesla običajnih uporabnikov veljajo tudi za geslo uporabnika »root«: razlikovati morate velike in male črke, geslo naj bo dolgo najmanj 5 črk in naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" +"Vsa pravila za gesla običajnih uporabnikov veljajo tudi za geslo uporabnika " +"»root«: razlikovati morate velike in male črke, geslo naj bo dolgo najmanj 5 " +"črk in naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" #. help text, continued 5/5 #. help text, continued 5/5 @@ -366,12 +413,18 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." -msgstr "Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil, mora biti dolgo vsaj %1 znakov." +msgstr "" +"Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil, mora biti dolgo " +"vsaj %1 znakov." #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "Da preverite, ali je trenutna razporeditev tipkovnice pravilna, poskusite vnesti besedilo v polje Preizkusite razpored tipkovnice." +msgid "" +"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "" +"Da preverite, ali je trenutna razporeditev tipkovnice pravilna, poskusite " +"vnesti besedilo v polje Preizkusite razpored tipkovnice." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -512,23 +565,26 @@ #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Login Settings" msgid "Authentication " -msgstr "Nastavitve prijave" +msgstr "Overjanje " #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Način šifriranja gesel je %1." +msgstr "" +"Izberite način šifriranja gesel za krajevne in sistemske uporabnike." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 je trenutni standard za razprševanje. Uporaba drugih algoritmov ni priporočljiva, razen če je to potrebno zaradi združljivosti." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " +"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 je trenutni standard za razprševanje. Uporaba drugih " +"algoritmov ni priporočljiva, razen če je to potrebno zaradi združljivosti." #. text entry #. text entry @@ -609,7 +665,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pri vnašanju gesla bodite pozorni na rabo velikih in malih črk. Geslo naj ne vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" +"Pri vnašanju gesla bodite pozorni na rabo velikih in malih črk. Geslo naj ne " +"vsebuje posebnih znakov (npr. šumnikov).\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -617,7 +674,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -628,14 +686,15 @@ #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" #| "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil, mora biti dolgo vsaj %1 znakov." +msgstr "" +"Če to geslo nameravate uporabljati za ustvarjanje potrdil,\n" +"mora biti dolgo vsaj %s znakov." #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 @@ -655,8 +714,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -666,13 +727,18 @@ "črke (brez šumnikov), števke in <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Če ne veste, kaj počnete, raje ne uporabite velikih črk.\n" "Uporabniška imena imajo strožje omejitve kot gesla. Omejitve\n" -"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno stran priročnika.\n" +"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno " +"stran priročnika.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Če želite za uporabnika »root« uporabiti isto geslo kot za prvega uporabnika, izberite To geslo uporabi za skrbnika sistema." +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Če želite za uporabnika »root« uporabiti isto geslo kot za prvega " +"uporabnika, izberite To geslo uporabi za skrbnika sistema." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -680,20 +746,26 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tu nastavljena uporabniško ime in geslo sta potrebna za prijavo in delo v sistemu GNU/Linux. Če je omogočena Samodejna prijava, se prijava preskoči. Uporabnik je samodejno prijavljen v sistem.\n" +"Tu nastavljena uporabniško ime in geslo sta potrebna za prijavo in delo v " +"sistemu GNU/Linux. Če je omogočena Samodejna prijava, se prijava " +"preskoči. Uporabnik je samodejno prijavljen v sistem.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail<" +"/b>.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pošta za uporabnika root bo posredovana temu uporabnika, če izberete možnost »Prejemanje sistemske pošte«.\n" +"Pošta za uporabnika root bo posredovana temu uporabnika, če izberete možnost " +"»Prejemanje sistemske pošte«.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -709,21 +781,19 @@ #. summary label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "Način šifriranja gesel je %1." +msgstr "Način šifriranja gesel je %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %1." -msgstr[1] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %1." -msgstr[2] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %1." -msgstr[3] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %1." +msgstr[0] "Uvožen bo uporabnik %s." +msgstr[1] "Uvožena bosta uporabnika %s." +msgstr[2] "Uvoženi bodo uporabniki %s." +msgstr[3] "Uvoženi bodo uporabniki %s." #. pushbutton label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 @@ -737,7 +807,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" #| "the password should have at least %1 characters." @@ -746,7 +815,7 @@ "the password should have at least %s characters." msgstr "" "Če nameravate ustvarjati potrdila,\n" -"naj bo geslo dolgo vsaj %1 znakov." +"naj bo geslo dolgo vsaj %s znakov." #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 @@ -852,7 +921,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "Seznam skupin, katerih član je uporabnik (medsebojno so ločene z vejico)" +msgstr "" +"Seznam skupin, katerih član je uporabnik (medsebojno so ločene z vejico)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -878,10 +948,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " +"were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Razpredelnica prikazuje vse dovoljene atribute za trenutni vnos LDAP, ki v prejšnjih pogovornih oknih niso bili nastavljeni." +"Razpredelnica prikazuje vse dovoljene atribute za trenutni vnos LDAP, ki v " +"prejšnjih pogovornih oknih niso bili nastavljeni." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -904,11 +976,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Vsak atribut lahko uredite z Uredi. Nekateri atributi \n" -"so lahko obvezni, kot je določeno v uporabniški predlogi v modulu odjemalca LDAP.\n" +"so lahko obvezni, kot je določeno v uporabniški predlogi v modulu " +"odjemalca LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -927,8 +1001,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Predmet pravila za gesla temu uporabniku dodelite v Razločevalno ime predmeta pravila za gesla. Omogočite Ponastavi geslo, da ponastavite geslo spremenjenega uporabnika." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +"Predmet pravila za gesla temu uporabniku dodelite v Razločevalno ime " +"predmeta pravila za gesla. Omogočite Ponastavi geslo, da " +"ponastavite geslo spremenjenega uporabnika." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1030,18 +1110,38 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" -msgstr "Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki so uporabniku na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so uporabniku na voljo na datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki " +"so uporabniku na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite " +"omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so uporabniku na voljo na datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo uporabnik obveščen o približevanju omejitvi; trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. " +"Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo uporabnik obveščen o približevanju omejitvi; " +"trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Ko uporabnik doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je uporabniku dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Ko uporabnik doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje " +"dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je uporabniku dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj " +"nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 @@ -1052,18 +1152,38 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" -msgstr "Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki so skupini na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so skupini na voljo na datotečnem sistemu.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Določite omejitev velikosti z navedbo števila blokov velikosti 1 KiB, ki " +"so skupini na voljo na tem datotečnem sistemu. Dodatno lahko določite " +"omejitev števila struktur inode, ki so skupini na voljo na datotečnem " +"sistemu.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo skupina obveščena o približevanju omejitvi; trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Določite lahko mehko in trdo omejitev velikosti in števila struktur inode. " +"Mehka omejitev določa, kdaj bo skupina obveščena o približevanju omejitvi; " +"trda omejitev pa določa, kdaj bodo zahtevki za pisanje zavrnjeni." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Ko skupina doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je skupini dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Ko skupina doseže mehko omejitev, se omogočita vnosni polji za obdobje " +"dopuščanja. Določite čas, ko je skupini dovoljeno prekoračiti zgoraj " +"nastavljeni mehki omejitvi. Čas dopuščanja se prične odštevati takoj." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1382,13 +1502,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "Najdena je bila slika zašifrirane mape in datoteki s\n" "ključema »%1« in »%2«.\n" "Ali želite najdeno uporabiti za trenutnega uporabnika?\n" "\n" -"To pomeni, da bodo namesto trenutne domače mape uporabljeni podatki iz te slike." +"To pomeni, da bodo namesto trenutne domače mape uporabljeni podatki iz te " +"slike." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1623,6 +1745,8 @@ "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." msgstr "" +"\n" +"Mape ni mogoče zašifrirati." #. popup message #. popup message @@ -1742,31 +1866,37 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Privzeta prijavna lupina \n" -"Ime prijavne lupine novega uporabnika. Izberite jo s seznama ali vnesite svojo pot do lupine.\n" +"Ime prijavne lupine novega uporabnika. Izberite jo s seznama ali vnesite " +"svojo pot do lupine.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Privzeta domača mapa \n" "Začetna predpona poti za domačo mapo novega uporabnika. Uporabnikovo ime bo\n" -"dodano na koncu te vrednosti, da se ustvari privzeto ime domače mape novega uporabnika.\n" +"dodano na koncu te vrednosti, da se ustvari privzeto ime domače mape novega " +"uporabnika.\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Mapa z ogrodjem \n" -"Ko se doda novega uporabnika, se vsebino te mape prekopira v uporabnikovo domačo mapo.\n" +"Ko se doda novega uporabnika, se vsebino te mape prekopira v uporabnikovo " +"domačo mapo.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1782,11 +1912,13 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Datum preteka \n" -"Datum, ko se onemogoči uporabnikov račun. Biti mora v obliki LLLL-MM-DD. Pustite prazno za neomejeno veljavnost.\n" +"Datum, ko se onemogoči uporabnikov račun. Biti mora v obliki LLLL-MM-DD. " +"Pustite prazno za neomejeno veljavnost.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1871,7 +2003,8 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" @@ -1891,9 +2024,11 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1901,12 +2036,15 @@ "črke (brez šumnikov), števke in <tt>._-</tt>\n" "Če ne veste, kaj počnete, raje ne uporabite velikih črk.\n" "Uporabniška imena imajo strožje omejitve kot gesla. Omejitve\n" -"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno stran priročnika.\n" +"lahko spremenite v datoteki /etc/login.defs. Za podrobnosti preberite njeno " +"stran priročnika.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "Za dodajanje uporabnikov ali skupin v vaš sistem\n" "kliknite Upravljanje z uporabniki." @@ -1928,10 +2066,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje različnih nastavitev gesla tega uporabnika (npr. datum preteka) kliknite Nastavitve gesla.\n" +"Za urejanje različnih nastavitev gesla tega uporabnika (npr. datum preteka) " +"kliknite Nastavitve gesla.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1996,7 +2136,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2110,8 +2251,12 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Za ustvarjenje domače mape, ki ni enaka kot privzeta, izberite možnost Dovoljenja za domačo mapo." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Za ustvarjenje domače mape, ki ni enaka kot privzeta, izberite možnost " +"Dovoljenja za domačo mapo." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2126,8 +2271,16 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Če spremenite lokacijo uporabnikove domače mape, lahko njeno trenutno vsebino premaknete z možnostjo Premakni na novo lokacijo, ki je izbrana privzeto. V nasprotnem bo nova domača mapa ustvarjena brez obstoječih podatkov." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. " +"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Če spremenite lokacijo uporabnikove domače mape, lahko njeno trenutno " +"vsebino premaknete z možnostjo Premakni na novo lokacijo, ki je " +"izbrana privzeto. V nasprotnem bo nova domača mapa ustvarjena brez obstoječih " +"podatkov." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -2136,18 +2289,30 @@ "Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" -"Da domačo mapo zašifrirate, izberite možnost Zašifriraj domačo mapo\n" -"in nastavite njeno velikost. Šifriranje domače mape ne prinaša visoke stopnje varnosti\n" -"pred drugimi uporabniki. Če računalnik delite z več uporabniki, lahko en izmed njih varnost\n" -"ogrozi s tem, da pridobi ključ drugega uporabnika in s tem dostop do zašifriranih podatkov.\n" +"Da domačo mapo zašifrirate, izberite možnost Zašifriraj domačo mapo" +"\n" +"in nastavite njeno velikost. Šifriranje domače mape ne prinaša visoke stopnje " +"varnosti\n" +"pred drugimi uporabniki. Če računalnik delite z več uporabniki, lahko en " +"izmed njih varnost\n" +"ogrozi s tem, da pridobi ključ drugega uporabnika in s tem dostop do " +"zašifriranih podatkov.\n" "Če potrebujete visoko stopnjo varnosti, računalnika ne delite z drugimi." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "Če uporabljate bralnik prstnih odtisov, domačih map ni mogoče zašifrirati. Za šifriranje uporabniških domačih map onemogočite bralnik prstnih odtisov." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " +"first." +msgstr "" +"Če uporabljate bralnik prstnih odtisov, domačih map ni mogoče zašifrirati. " +"Za šifriranje uporabniških domačih map onemogočite bralnik prstnih odtisov.<" +"/p>" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2240,8 +2405,12 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "Nastavitve posameznega vstavka zaženete s pritiskom na gumb Zaženi." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." +msgstr "" +"Nastavitve posameznega vstavka zaženete s pritiskom na gumb Zaženi" +"." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2299,19 +2468,23 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a " +"user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Največje število dni za enako geslo Nastavite koliko dni lahko uporabnik\n" +"Največje število dni za enako geslo Nastavite koliko dni lahko " +"uporabnik\n" "uporablja geslo, preden mu preteče veljavnost.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age " +"of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Najmanjše število dni za enako geslo Nastavite najmanjšo starost\n" +"Najmanjše število dni za enako geslo Nastavite najmanjšo " +"starost\n" "gesla, preden lahko uporabnik spremeni geslo.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2345,88 +2518,169 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Sprememba vrednosti\n" -"Te nastavitve lahko spreminjate tako, da zaženete ustrezne module. Module izberite z gumbom Nastavi.\n" +"Te nastavitve lahko spreminjate tako, da zaženete ustrezne module. Module " +"izberite z gumbom Nastavi.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Uporabite zavihke Pravila sprememb gesel, Pravila preteka gesel in Pravila onemogočanja, da izberete skupino atributov pravil za gesla LDAP, ki jih želite nastaviti." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies" +", and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " +"attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Uporabite zavihke Pravila sprememb gesel, Pravila preteka gesel<" +"/b> in Pravila onemogočanja, da izberete skupino atributov pravil za " +"gesla LDAP, ki jih želite nastaviti." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Določite Največje število gesel v zgodovini, da nastavite, koliko predhodno uporabljenih gesel naj bo shranjenih. Shranjenih gesel ni mogoče uporabiti." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Določite Največje število gesel v zgodovini, da nastavite, koliko " +"predhodno uporabljenih gesel naj bo shranjenih. Shranjenih gesel ni mogoče " +"uporabiti." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Izberite Uporabnik mora po ponastavitvi spremeniti geslo, da uporabnike prisilite v spremembo svojih gesel po tem, ko jih skrbnik ponastavi ali spremeni." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Uporabnik mora po ponastavitvi spremeniti geslo, da " +"uporabnike prisilite v spremembo svojih gesel po tem, ko jih skrbnik " +"ponastavi ali spremeni." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Izberite Uporabnik lahko spremeni geslo, da uporabnikom dovolite spreminjati svoja gesla." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Uporabnik lahko spremeni geslo, da uporabnikom dovolite " +"spreminjati svoja gesla." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Če je ob novem geslu potrebno podati tudi obstoječe geslo, izberite Za spremembo gesla je potrebno staro geslo." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Če je ob novem geslu potrebno podati tudi obstoječe geslo, izberite Za " +"spremembo gesla je potrebno staro geslo." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Izberite, ali se med spreminjanjem ali dodajanjem gesel preverja njihova kakovost. Če naj se gesel ne preverja, izberite Brez preverjanja. S Sprejmi nepreverljiva gesla bodo gesla sprejeta, četudi jih ne bo mogoče preveriti. To se na primer zgodi, ko uporabnik poda zašifrirano geslo. S Sprejmi le preverjena gesla bodo gesla zavrnjena, če preverjanje kakovosti ne bo uspelo ali pa gesla ne bo mogoče preveriti." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " +"modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"Izberite, ali se med spreminjanjem ali dodajanjem gesel preverja njihova " +"kakovost. Če naj se gesel ne preverja, izberite Brez preverjanja. S " +"Sprejmi nepreverljiva gesla bodo gesla sprejeta, četudi jih ne bo mogoče " +"preveriti. To se na primer zgodi, ko uporabnik poda zašifrirano geslo. S " +"Sprejmi le preverjena gesla bodo gesla zavrnjena, če preverjanje " +"kakovosti ne bo uspelo ali pa gesla ne bo mogoče preveriti." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "V Najkrajša dolžina gesla nastavite najmanjše število znakov v geslu." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"V Najkrajša dolžina gesla nastavite najmanjše število znakov v geslu." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Najnižja starost gesla nastavi, koliko časa mora preteči med spreminjanji gesla." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Najnižja starost gesla nastavi, koliko časa mora preteči med " +"spreminjanji gesla." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Najvišja starost gesla, nastavi, koliko časa po spremembi geslo preteče." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"Najvišja starost gesla, nastavi, koliko časa po spremembi geslo " +"preteče." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "V Čas prikaza opozorila pred pretekom gesla nastavite,koliko časa pred pretekom gesla se uporabniku, ki se overja, pokaže opozorilo o preteku." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " +"be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"V Čas prikaza opozorila pred pretekom gesla nastavite,koliko časa " +"pred pretekom gesla se uporabniku, ki se overja, pokaže opozorilo o preteku.<" +"/p>" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "V Dovoljene uporabe pretečenega gesla nastavite, kolikokrat je lahko pretečeno geslo uporabljeno za overitev." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " +"Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"V Dovoljene uporabe pretečenega gesla nastavite, kolikokrat je " +"lahko pretečeno geslo uporabljeno za overitev." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Izberite Omogoči zaklep gesla, da se po določenem številu zaporednih neuspelih overitev onemogoči uporabo gesla." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Izberite Omogoči zaklep gesla, da se po določenem številu " +"zaporednih neuspelih overitev onemogoči uporabo gesla." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "V Neuspele overitve za zaklep gesla nastavite število zaporednih neuspelih overitev po katerih uporaba gesla ne bo več mogoča." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"V Neuspele overitve za zaklep gesla nastavite število zaporednih " +"neuspelih overitev po katerih uporaba gesla ne bo več mogoča." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "V Trajanje zaklepa gesla nastavite, koliko časa gesla ni moč uporabljati." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration" +"." +msgstr "" +"V Trajanje zaklepa gesla nastavite, koliko časa gesla ni moč " +"uporabljati." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "Trajanje pomnilnika neuspelih overitev nastavi čas, po katerem so neuspele overitve izbrisane iz števca neuspehov, četudi med tem ni bilo nobene uspešne overitve." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures " +"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " +"has occurred." +msgstr "" +"Trajanje pomnilnika neuspelih overitev nastavi čas, po katerem so " +"neuspele overitve izbrisane iz števca neuspehov, četudi med tem ni bilo " +"nobene uspešne overitve." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2551,16 +2805,24 @@ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" -msgstr "Če naj bodo domače mape uporabnikov LDAP shranjene na tem računalniku, izberite ustrezno možnost. Sprememba te vrednosti ne povzroči nobenega neposrednega dejanja. To je le podatek za YaST-ov uporabniški modul, s katerim lahko upravljate domače mape.\n" +msgstr "" +"Če naj bodo domače mape uporabnikov LDAP shranjene na tem računalniku, " +"izberite ustrezno možnost. Sprememba te vrednosti ne povzroči nobenega " +"neposrednega dejanja. To je le podatek za YaST-ov uporabniški modul, s " +"katerim lahko upravljate domače mape.\n" #. help text caption #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "Za prilagoditev nastavitev, shranjenih na strežniku LDAP, klikniteNastavi. Če še niste povezani ali ste spremenili svoje nastavitve, boste vprašani po geslu.\n" +msgstr "" +"Za prilagoditev nastavitev, shranjenih na strežniku LDAP, kliknite" +"Nastavi. Če še niste povezani ali ste spremenili svoje nastavitve, boste " +"vprašani po geslu.\n" #. password policy help text caption #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 @@ -2570,9 +2832,13 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to " +"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -msgstr "Izbrano pravilo za gesla nastavite s klikom na Uredi. Za dodajanje novega pravila kliknite Dodaj. Nastavitve so na voljo le, če so pravila za gesla na strežniku LDAP omogočena." +msgstr "" +"Izbrano pravilo za gesla nastavite s klikom na Uredi. Za dodajanje " +"novega pravila kliknite Dodaj. Nastavitve so na voljo le, če so " +"pravila za gesla na strežniku LDAP omogočena." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2734,7 +3000,7 @@ #. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSSD" #. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 @@ -2749,7 +3015,7 @@ #. menubutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&SSSD" #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 @@ -2855,7 +3121,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2933,17 +3200,23 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Tu razširite iskalne filtre za uporabnike in skupine preko privzetih iskalnih filtrov." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"Tu razširite iskalne filtre za uporabnike in skupine preko privzetih " +"iskalnih filtrov." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"S Privzeto naložite privzeti filter iz nastavitvenih modulov za uporabnike in skupine,\n" +"S Privzeto naložite privzeti filter iz nastavitvenih modulov za " +"uporabnike in skupine,\n" "ki je shranjen na strežniku LDAP (vrednosti atributov »suseSearchFilter«).\n" "Če še niste povezani, boste vprašani po geslu.\n" @@ -3042,32 +3315,38 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Spodaj opisane možnosti so na voljo le, če uporabljate upravljalnika prijav KDM ali GDM.\n" +"Spodaj opisane možnosti so na voljo le, če uporabljate upravljalnika prijav " +"KDM ali GDM.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Samodejna prijava \n" -"Če je nastavljena Samodejna prijava, bo prijava preskočena. Samodejno bo prijavljen uporabnik, ki ga izberete s seznama.\n" +"Če je nastavljena Samodejna prijava, bo prijava preskočena. Samodejno " +"bo prijavljen uporabnik, ki ga izberete s seznama.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Prijava brez gesla \n" "Z izbiro te možnosti se lahko vsi uporabniki prijavijo v sistem brez vnosa\n" -"gesla. Drugače je potrebno pri prijavi vnesti geslo, tudi v primeru, ko je uporabnik določen za samodejno prijavo.\n" +"gesla. Drugače je potrebno pri prijavi vnesti geslo, tudi v primeru, ko je " +"uporabnik določen za samodejno prijavo.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3093,7 +3372,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "Uporabnika %1 ni moč izbrisati. To je potrebno izvesti na strežniku NIS." +msgstr "" +"Uporabnika %1 ni moč izbrisati. To je potrebno izvesti na strežniku NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3101,6 +3381,8 @@ "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" msgstr "" +"Videti je, da je uporabnik trenutno prijavljen.\n" +"Ali želite kljub temu nadaljevati?" #. yes-no popup headline #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 @@ -3238,17 +3520,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux je večuporabniški sistem. Več različnih uporabnikov je lahko hkrati prijavljenih v sistem. Za preprečevanje zmede, mora imeti vsak uporabnik svojo edinstveno istovetnost. Poleg tega mora vsak uporabnik pripadati vsaj eni skupini.\n" +"Linux je večuporabniški sistem. Več različnih uporabnikov je lahko hkrati " +"prijavljenih v sistem. Za preprečevanje zmede, mora imeti vsak uporabnik " +"svojo edinstveno istovetnost. Poleg tega mora vsak uporabnik pripadati vsaj " +"eni skupini.\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " +"in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Uporabniki in skupine so razporejeni v različne nabore. Nabor, ki je trenutno prikazan v razpredelnici, spremenite z Nastavi filter. Prikaz prilagodite s Prilagodi filter.\n" +"Uporabniki in skupine so razporejeni v različne nabore. Nabor, ki je trenutno " +"prikazan v razpredelnici, spremenite z Nastavi filter. Prikaz " +"prilagodite s Prilagodi filter.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 @@ -3260,9 +3548,12 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kliknite Možnosti za strokovnjake za ureditev različnih nastavitev za strokovnjake:\n" -"vrsto šifriranja gesel, način overjanja uporabnikov, privzete vrednosti za nove\n" -"uporabnike ali nastavitve prijave. Z možnostjo Takoj zapiši spremembe shranite \n" +"Kliknite Možnosti za strokovnjake za ureditev različnih nastavitev za " +"strokovnjake:\n" +"vrsto šifriranja gesel, način overjanja uporabnikov, privzete vrednosti za " +"nove\n" +"uporabnike ali nastavitve prijave. Z možnostjo Takoj zapiši spremembe " +"shranite \n" "vse dozdajšnje spremembe brez izhoda iz nastavitvenega modula.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3274,7 +3565,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za shranitev spremenjenih nastavitev uporabnikov in skupin v vaš sistem, kliknite %1.\n" +"Za shranitev spremenjenih nastavitev uporabnikov in skupin v vaš sistem, " +"kliknite %1.\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 @@ -3287,7 +3579,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih uporabnikih in dodajanje ali spreminjanje uporabnikov.\n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih uporabnikih " +"in dodajanje ali spreminjanje uporabnikov.\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 @@ -3321,19 +3614,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječega uporabnika, ga izberite s seznama obstoječih uporabnikov in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" +"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječega uporabnika, ga izberite s seznama " +"obstoječih uporabnikov in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih skupinah in dodajanje ali spreminjanje skupin.\n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za pridobivanje podatkov o obstoječih skupinah in " +"dodajanje ali spreminjanje skupin.\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 @@ -3343,7 +3639,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za preklop v pogovorno okno za uporabnike izberite zavihek Uporabniki\n" +"Za preklop v pogovorno okno za uporabnike izberite zavihek Uporabniki<" +"/p>\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 @@ -3367,7 +3664,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječe skupine, jo izberite s seznama obstoječih skupin in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" +"Za urejanje ali brisanje obstoječe skupine, jo izberite s seznama obstoječih " +"skupin in kliknite gumb Uredi ali Izbriši.\n" # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. popup error label @@ -3498,7 +3796,7 @@ #. @return #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "yast2-auth-client module not installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modul yast2-auth-client ni nameščen" #. error popup, %1 is package name #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 @@ -3929,7 +4227,8 @@ #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "Popravite jih ročno, preden ponovno poženete YaST-ov uporabniški modul." +msgstr "" +"Popravite jih ročno, preden ponovno poženete YaST-ov uporabniški modul." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -3962,7 +4261,8 @@ "V datoteki %1 je čudna vrstica:\n" "%2\n" "Mogoče vsebuje napačno število dvopičij ali pa manjka kakšen del vrstice.\n" -"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite datoteko." +"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite " +"datoteko." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -3973,7 +4273,8 @@ msgstr "" "V datoteki %1 je čudna vrstica.\n" "Mogoče vsebuje napačno število dvopičij ali pa manjka kakšen del vrstice.\n" -"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite datoteko." +"Pred ponovnim zagonom YaST-ovega modula za uporabnike ročno popravite " +"datoteko." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4185,11 +4486,14 @@ "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" +"\n" +"Podpora za šifriranje ni nameščena. Domače mape ne bodo zašifrirane." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "Pri nastavitvi posredovanja pošte za uporabnika root je prišlo do napake." +msgstr "" +"Pri nastavitvi posredovanja pošte za uporabnika root je prišlo do napake." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4548,26 +4852,24 @@ #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Users Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitev uporabnikov" +msgstr "Nastavitev Kerberos" #. user plugin summary (table item) #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brez upravljanje Kerberos za skupine" #. user plugin summary (table item) #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upravljanje principalov Kerberos" #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot execute /usr/sbin/userdel.local" msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." -msgstr "Ne morem izvesti /usr/sbin/userdel.local" +msgstr "Ne morem izvesti kadmin.local." #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 @@ -4696,7 +4998,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4711,14 +5013,17 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za geslo uporabite le znake, ki jih je mogoče najti na angleških tipkovnicah.\n" -"V primeru sistemske napake se bo morda potrebno prijaviti brez krajevno prilagojene tipkovnice.\n" +"Za geslo uporabite le znake, ki jih je mogoče najti na angleških " +"tipkovnicah.\n" +"V primeru sistemske napake se bo morda potrebno prijaviti brez krajevno " +"prilagojene tipkovnice.\n" "" #. error popup -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89445 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2014-09-24 19:07:39 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89445 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po Log: Updated ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2014-09-24 16:50:36 UTC (rev 89444) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/add-on-creator.uk.po 2014-09-24 17:07:39 UTC (rev 89445) @@ -6,20 +6,22 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. # Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>, 2011. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-02 14:14+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Korostil Daniel <ted.korostiled(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: translation(a)linux.org.ua\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-23 21:29+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.6.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 @@ -34,7 +36,8 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "Створити і зібрати новий додатковий продукт на основі існуючого продукту." +msgstr "" +"Створити і зібрати новий додатковий продукт на основі існуючого продукту." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -128,10 +131,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'passphrase' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Resign all packages with selected key" msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." -msgstr "Перепідписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем" +msgstr "Знову підписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем." #. command line help text for 'workflow' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 @@ -170,15 +172,16 @@ #. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration" msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." -msgstr "Не збирати продукт, лише зберегти нові налаштування" +msgstr "Не збирати продукт, лише зберегти нові налаштування." #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "Номер вибраного додаткового продукту (див. вивід команди \"list\", щоб побачити номери продуктів)." +msgstr "" +"Номер вибраного додаткового продукту (див. вивід команди \"list\", щоб " +"побачити номери продуктів)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -187,10 +190,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not generate the release package" msgid "Do not generate the release package." -msgstr "Не створювати пакунок випуску" +msgstr "Не створювати пакунок випуску." #. command line help text for 'product_file' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 @@ -268,12 +270,15 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "Відсутні налаштування додаткового продукту. Створіть нову конфігурацію за допомогою команди \"create\" або \"clone\"." +msgid "" +"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " +"'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "" +"Відсутні налаштування додаткового продукту. Створіть нову конфігурацію за " +"допомогою команди \"create\" або \"clone\"." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Specify the add-on product that should be built." msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Вкажіть додатковий продукт, який слід зібрати." @@ -290,10 +295,9 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Creator Configuration Overview" msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" -msgstr "Перегляд налаштувань програми створення додаткових продуктів" +msgstr "Огляд налаштувань програми створення додаткових продуктів" #. summary item #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 @@ -312,25 +316,35 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "Почати створення налаштування нового додаткового продукту за допомогою кнопки Додати." +msgid "" +"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "" +"Почати створення налаштування нового додаткового продукту за допомогою " +"кнопки Додати." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити вибрані налаштування додаткового продукту." +msgid "" +"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтеся кнопкою Змінити, щоб змінити вибрані налаштування " +"додаткового продукту." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "Вилучіть вибрані налаштування за допомогою кнопки Вилучити." +msgstr "" +"Вилучіть вибрані налаштування за допомогою кнопки Вилучити." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Build the fresh add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." -msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." -msgstr "Зберіть свіжий додатковий продукт, оснований на вибраних налаштуваннях за допомогою кнопки Зібрати." +msgid "" +"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " +"Build." +msgstr "" +"Зберіть свіжий додатковий продукт на основі вибраних налаштувань за " +"допомогою кнопки Зібрати." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -417,24 +431,21 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP1" msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP1" +msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "openSUSE 12.1" msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" -msgstr "OpenSUSE 12.1" +msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "openSUSE 12.1" msgid "openSUSE 13.1" -msgstr "OpenSUSE 12.1" +msgstr "OpenSUSE 13.1" #. radio button label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 @@ -501,7 +512,6 @@ #. label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "content File" msgid "Content File" msgstr "Файл вмісту" @@ -664,10 +674,9 @@ #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported" msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." -msgstr "Виберіть файл з текстом для імпортування" +msgstr "Виберіть файл з текстом для імпортування." #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 @@ -831,10 +840,9 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key" msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." -msgstr "Пе&репідписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем" +msgstr "Знову &підписати всі пакунки вибраним ключем." #. error message #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 @@ -1072,7 +1080,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Writing the add-on configurations \n" #| "Please wait... \n" @@ -1081,22 +1088,32 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Запис налаштувань додаткового продукту \n" -"Зачекайте, будь ласка... \n" +"\n" #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "" +"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Цей модуль надає допомогу у створенні додаткових продуктів." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "Виберіть спосіб створення нового додаткового продукту. Ви можете створити його від початку або за допомогою вже існуючого продукту." +msgid "" +"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " +"beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть спосіб створення нового додаткового продукту. Ви можете створити " +"його від початку або за допомогою вже існуючого продукту." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." -msgstr "Якщо новий продукт засновано на існуючому продукті, позначте Створити опис пакунку, щоб створити новий опис пакунків у існуючому продукті." +msgid "" +"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " +"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " +"existing product." +msgstr "" +"Якщо новий продукт засновано на існуючому продукті, позначте Створити " +"опис пакунку, щоб створити новий опис пакунків у існуючому продукті." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1115,8 +1132,12 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "Виберіть продукт, до якого буде застосовано новий додатковий продукт. Цей вибір сформує значення REQUIRES у файлі <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "" +"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " +"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть продукт, до якого буде застосовано новий додатковий продукт. Цей " +"вибір сформує значення REQUIRES у файлі <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1125,8 +1146,12 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." -msgstr "Виберіть шлях до каталогу, який містить пакунки RPM, з яких складатиметься ваш додатковий продукт." +msgid "" +"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " +"form your add-on product." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть шлях до каталогу, який містить пакунки RPM, з яких складатиметься " +"ваш додатковий продукт." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 @@ -1135,8 +1160,16 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "За бажання, оберіть шлях до теки, де містяться пакунки RPM продукту, на якому засновано новий додатковий продукт. Ці пакунки не буде включено до додаткового продукту, але їх можна використати пізніше для створення шаблонів у процесі автоматизації." +msgid "" +"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " +"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " +"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " +"patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "" +"За бажання, оберіть шлях до теки, де містяться пакунки RPM продукту, на " +"якому засновано новий додатковий продукт. Ці пакунки не буде включено до " +"додаткового продукту, але їх можна використати пізніше для створення шаблонів " +"у процесі автоматизації." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1145,33 +1178,62 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "Введіть інформацію потрібну для ідентифікації додаткового продукту. Зніміть позначення з Показати лише необхідні ключові слова, щоб побачити всі можливі атрибути файла <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "" +"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " +"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Введіть інформацію потрібну для ідентифікації додаткового продукту. " +"Зніміть позначення з Показати лише необхідні ключові слова, щоб " +"побачити всі можливі атрибути файла <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "Скористайтесь Імпортом, щоб імпортувати існуючий файл <tt>вмісту</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтесь Імпортом, щоб імпортувати існуючий файл <tt>вмісту<" +"/tt>." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." -msgstr "Тут можна відредагувати мовозалежні описи пакунків (файли <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." +msgid "" +"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt>" +" files) here." +msgstr "" +"Тут можна відредагувати мовозалежні описи пакунків (файли <tt>" +"packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "Щоб додати файл опису новою мовою, використайте пункт Додати мову. Список доступних мов буде прочитано зі значення LINGUAS у файлі <tt>content</tt>. Імпортувати існуючий файл з описом пакунка можна за допомогою пункту Імпортувати. Вилучити файл опису можна за допомогою пункту Вилучити." +msgid "" +"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " +"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>" +"content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with " +"Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати файл опису новою мовою, використайте пункт Додати мову. " +"Список доступних мов буде прочитано зі значення LINGUAS у файлі <tt>" +"content</tt>. Імпортувати існуючий файл з описом пакунка можна за допомогою " +"пункту Імпортувати. Вилучити файл опису можна за допомогою пункту " +"Вилучити." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." -msgstr "Щоб змінити пункти опису для вибраного пакунка, виберіть пункти Додати та Змінити у другій таблиці." +msgid "" +"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " +"entries for the selected package." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити пункти опису для вибраного пакунка, виберіть пункти Додати<" +"/b> та Змінити у другій таблиці." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "За бажання, виберіть шлях для файла з Додатковими залежностями пакунків (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "" +"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " +"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "" +"За бажання, виберіть шлях для файла з Додатковими залежностями " +"пакунків (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1180,116 +1242,211 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." -msgstr "Використайте пункт Створити, щоб створити новий шаблон, або пункт Імпортувати, щоб імпортувати вже існуючий." +msgid "" +"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" +"Використайте пункт Створити, щоб створити новий шаблон, або пункт <" +"b>Імпортувати, щоб імпортувати вже існуючий." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." -msgstr "Щоб змінити атрибути шаблона, використовуйте пункти Додати і Змінити у другій таблиці." +msgid "" +"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " +"attributes." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити атрибути шаблона, використовуйте пункти Додати і " +"Змінити у другій таблиці." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Check Required pattern if you want to set selected pattern as required for the add-on product. Such pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "Якщо ви бажаєте встановити вибраний шаблон у якості необхідного для додаткового продукту, позначте Необхідний шаблон. Такий шаблон буде автоматично вибрано перед початком встановлення додаткового продукту." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " +"for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the " +"installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви бажаєте встановити вибраний шаблон у якості необхідного для " +"додаткового продукту, позначте Необхідний шаблон. Такий шаблон буде " +"автоматично вибрано перед початком встановлення додаткового продукту." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." -msgstr "Визначте шлях до теки, у якій слід створити додатковий продукт. Виберіть Створити ISO-образ, щоб створити ISO-образ продукту у вихідній теці." +msgid "" +"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " +"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " +"product in the output directory." +msgstr "" +"Визначте шлях до теки, у якій слід створити додатковий продукт. Виберіть <" +"b>Створити ISO-образ, щоб створити ISO-образ продукту у вихідній теці." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a Changelog file with all the changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "Скористайтеся параметром Створити журнал змін, щоб створити файл зі списком змін, у якому буде відображено всі зміни пакунків у додатковому продукті протягом останніх двох років." +msgid "" +"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " +"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "" +"Скористайтеся параметром Створити журнал змін, щоб створити файл зі " +"списком змін, у якому буде відображено всі зміни пакунків у додатковому " +"продукті протягом останніх двох років." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "Налаштуйте автоматизацію створення додаткового продукту за допомогою пункту Налаштувати автоматизацію. Використайте пункт Додаткові файли, щоб налаштувати тексти файлів <tt>README</tt>, ліцензії та інші додаткові величини." +msgid "" +"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " +"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " +"licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "" +"Налаштуйте автоматизацію створення додаткового продукту за допомогою " +"пункту Налаштувати автоматизацію. Використайте пункт Додаткові " +"файли, щоб налаштувати тексти файлів <tt>README</tt>, ліцензії та інші " +"додаткові величини." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." -msgstr "Тут ви можете ввести додаткові файли необхідні для автоматизації створення вашого додаткового продукту." +msgid "" +"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " +"product workflow." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви можете ввести додаткові файли необхідні для автоматизації створення " +"вашого додаткового продукту." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "Введіть розташування файла з описом автоматизації. Цей файл є альтернативним щодо <tt>control.xml</tt>, його буде збережено як <tt>installation.xml</tt> у основній теці додаткового продукту." +msgid "" +"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is " +"an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml<" +"/tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "" +"Введіть розташування файла з описом автоматизації. Цей файл є " +"альтернативним щодо <tt>control.xml</tt>, його буде збережено як <tt>" +"installation.xml</tt> у основній теці додаткового продукту." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "Щоб використати додаткові модулі YaST під час встановлення додаткового продукту, введіть шлях до архіву <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>, де зберігаються ці модулі, або налаштуйте вміст <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> ,вказавши пакунки RPM для YaST у полі Імпортувати пакунки." +msgid "" +"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " +"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " +"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " +"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "" +"Щоб використати додаткові модулі YaST під час встановлення додаткового " +"продукту, введіть шлях до архіву <tt>y2update.tgz</tt>, де зберігаються ці " +"модулі, або налаштуйте вміст <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> ,вказавши пакунки RPM для " +"YaST у полі Імпортувати пакунки." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "Додатковий файл <tt>info.txt</tt> містить інформацію про додатковий продукт, яку слід показати у вигулькному вікні з кнопкою Гаразд." +msgid "" +"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " +"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "" +"Додатковий файл <tt>info.txt</tt> містить інформацію про додатковий " +"продукт, яку слід показати у вигулькному вікні з кнопкою Гаразд." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "Текст ліцензії, який буде показано у вікні з кнопками Згоден та Не згоден перед початком встановлення. Файли з текстом ліцензії різними мовами буде стиснуто у файл архіву <tt>license.zip</tt> і збережено у теці <tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "" +"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " +"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " +"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip<" +"/tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "" +"Текст ліцензії, який буде показано у вікні з кнопками Згоден та " +"Не згоден перед початком встановлення. Файли з текстом ліцензії різними " +"мовами буде стиснуто у файл архіву <tt>license.zip</tt> і збережено у теці <" +"tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." -msgstr "Файли <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> та <tt>COPYING</tt> можуть мати мовозалежні зміни, їх буде збережено у корінній теці додаткового продукту." +msgid "" +"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " +"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Файли <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> та <tt>COPYING</tt> можуть мати мовозалежні " +"зміни, їх буде збережено у корінній теці додаткового продукту." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "Тут налаштуйте підписування додаткового продукту. Виберіть приватний ключ зі списку наявних ключів або створіть новий, натиснувши Створити." +msgid "" +"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " +"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "" +"Тут налаштуйте підписування додаткового продукту. Виберіть приватний ключ " +"зі списку наявних ключів або створіть новий, натиснувши Створити." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "Введіть фразу пароля, яка потрібна для розблокування приватного ключа." +msgstr "" +"Введіть фразу пароля, яка потрібна для розблокування приватного ключа." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Select if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "Виберіть, чи бажаєте ви Підписати всі пакунки додаткового продукту вибраним ключем. Всі попередні підписи пакунків буде при цьому вилучено." +msgid "" +"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " +"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть, чи бажаєте ви Підписати усі пакунки додаткового продукту " +"вибраним ключем. Усі попередні підписи пакунків буде при цьому вилучено." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "Введіть значення, які потрібні для створення нової пари головних ключів." +msgid "" +"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "" +"Введіть значення, які потрібні для створення нової пари головних ключів.<" +"/p>" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "Типовий розмір ключа DSA - 1024 бітів. Ключі RSA можуть мати від 1024 до 4096 бітів." +msgid "" +"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " +"and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "" +"Типовий розмір ключа DSA - 1024 бітів. Ключі RSA можуть мати від 1024 до " +"4096 бітів." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." -msgstr "У полі Строк дії введіть кількість днів, які діятиме цей ключ. Якщо за числом йтимуть літери <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> або <tt>y</tt>, вважатиметься, що строк задано, відповідно, у тижнях, місяцях або роках. Якщо залишити це поле порожнім, вважатиметься, що ключ діятиме нескінченно довго." +msgid "" +"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " +"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " +"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for " +"a key that never expires." +msgstr "" +"У полі Строк дії введіть кількість днів, які діятиме цей ключ. Якщо " +"за числом йтимуть літери <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> або <tt>y</tt>, вважатиметься, " +"що строк задано, відповідно, у тижнях, місяцях або роках. Якщо залишити це " +"поле порожнім, вважатиметься, що ключ діятиме нескінченно довго." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "Вживайте Назву, Коментар і Адресу ел. пошти для надання ідентифікації користувача, з яким буде пов'язаний новий ключ." +msgid "" +"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " +"user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "" +"Вживайте Назву, Коментар і Адресу ел. пошти для " +"надання ідентифікації користувача, з яким буде пов'язаний новий ключ." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgid "" +"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." msgstr "Тут показано перегляд даних для створення додаткового продукту." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -msgstr "Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі виводу." +msgid "" +"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Натисніть Закінчити, щоб створити додатковий продукт в каталозі " +"виводу." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1308,7 +1465,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Such pattern already exists.\n" #| "Choose a different name or architecture." @@ -1317,7 +1473,7 @@ "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" msgstr "" "Такий шаблон вже існує.\n" -"Виберіть іншу назву або архітектуру." +"Виберіть іншу назву або архітектуру.\n" #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" @@ -1362,7 +1518,6 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "R&equired pattern" msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "По&трібний шаблон" @@ -1374,7 +1529,6 @@ #. error message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Such pattern already exists.\n" #| "Choose a different architecture." @@ -1383,7 +1537,7 @@ "Choose a different architecture.\n" msgstr "" "Такий шаблон вже існує.\n" -"Виберіть іншу архітектуру." +"Виберіть іншу архітектуру.\n" #. busy message #: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 @@ -1397,10 +1551,9 @@ #. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file" msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." -msgstr "Мусить бути першою міткою файла вмісту" +msgstr "Мусить бути першою міткою файлу вмісту." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 @@ -1419,8 +1572,12 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " -msgstr "Список, розділених пробілами, архітектур продуктів. Збігається з наявними архітектурами випуску пакунків. " +msgid "" +"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available " +"product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "" +"Список, розділених пробілами, архітектур продуктів. Збігається з наявними " +"архітектурами випуску пакунків. " #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1435,7 +1592,6 @@ #. table item label #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The release number" msgid "Release number" msgstr "Номер випуску" @@ -1447,8 +1603,14 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." -msgstr "Якийсь рядок для позначення дистрибутиву. Той самий рядок символів ймовірно використовується в .rpms для позначення дистрибутиву. Зазвичай це комбінація назви, версії та архітектури." +msgid "" +"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " +"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " +"version and architecture." +msgstr "" +"Якийсь рядок для позначення дистрибутиву. Той самий рядок символів ймовірно " +"використовується в .rpms для позначення дистрибутиву. Зазвичай це комбінація " +"назви, версії та архітектури." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1477,8 +1639,12 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." -msgstr "Надпис в кодуванні UTF-8. Типовий надпис, якщо пропущено LINGUAS або неможливо визначити типову мову." +msgid "" +"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default " +"language can be determined." +msgstr "" +"Надпис в кодуванні UTF-8. Типовий надпис, якщо пропущено LINGUAS або " +"неможливо визначити типову мову." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1547,8 +1713,14 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "UTF-8-кодований LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> має той самий синтаксис, що й значення LINGUAS. Для кожної мови в LINGUAS очікується відповідний LABEL.lang." +msgid "" +"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " +"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " +"LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "" +"UTF-8-кодований LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> має той самий синтаксис, що й " +"значення LINGUAS. Для кожної мови в LINGUAS очікується " +"відповідний LABEL.lang." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1586,8 +1758,13 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "Однорядкова категорія у типовій мові, що використовується для впорядкування шаблонів. Категорії призначені лише для користувача, їх можна задавати довільно." +msgid "" +"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " +"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "" +"Однорядкова категорія у типовій мові, що використовується для впорядкування " +"шаблонів. Категорії призначені лише для користувача, їх можна задавати " +"довільно." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1621,7 +1798,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "" +"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "Ці пакунки типово встановлюються, але їх можна вилучити без скарг." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1634,8 +1812,12 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." -msgstr "Ці пакунки є просто підказками для програми і не обробляються під час розв'язання залежності." +msgid "" +"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " +"resolution." +msgstr "" +"Ці пакунки є просто підказками для програми і не обробляються під час " +"розв'язання залежності." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1646,10 +1828,20 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " +"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " +"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first " +"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then " +"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative " +"paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Якщо не задано, буде використано назву шаблона\n" -"(пробіли у назві буде замінено на підкреслювання). Якщо назва файла не містить суфікса .png або .jpg, буде додано .png. Якщо не визначено шлях, пошук піктограм проводитиметься у теці, де розміщуються піктограми теми (спочатку /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, потім /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Можна використовувати абсолютні і відносні (щодо шляху теми /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) шляхи." +"(пробіли у назві буде замінено на підкреслювання). Якщо назва файла не " +"містить суфікса .png або .jpg, буде додано .png. Якщо не визначено шлях, " +"пошук піктограм проводитиметься у теці, де розміщуються піктограми теми " +"(спочатку /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, потім " +"/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Можна використовувати " +"абсолютні і відносні (щодо шляху теми /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) шляхи." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1658,8 +1850,12 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "Трицифрове ціле число, що визначає порядок шаблона під час показу списком у інтерфейсі користувача." +msgid "" +"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " +"multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "" +"Трицифрове ціле число, що визначає порядок шаблона під час показу списком у " +"інтерфейсі користувача." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1678,8 +1874,16 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "Версія продукту, що міститься у пакунку. Вона використовується для перевірки придатності іншими пакунками за допомогою поля REQUIRES. Кожна залежність має два типових поля назву і номер версії. Наприклад, пакунок bar-1.42-1 містить продукт <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "" +"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES " +"from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " +"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>" +"bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Версія продукту, що міститься у пакунку. Вона використовується для перевірки " +"придатності іншими пакунками за допомогою поля REQUIRES. Кожна " +"залежність має два типових поля назву і номер версії. Наприклад, пакунок " +"bar-1.42-1 містить продукт <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1688,8 +1892,12 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "Цей шаблон неможливо встановити, якщо не буде встановлено визначеного пакунку залежності та всіх інших пакунків, від яких він залежить." +msgid "" +"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"Цей шаблон неможливо встановити, якщо не буде встановлено визначеного пакунку " +"залежності та всіх інших пакунків, від яких він залежить." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1712,8 +1920,12 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." -msgstr "Слабша версія REQUIRES. Якщо рекомендовані шаблони неможливо встановити, повідомлення про помилку не буде показано." +msgid "" +"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " +"error is shown." +msgstr "" +"Слабша версія REQUIRES. Якщо рекомендовані шаблони неможливо встановити, " +"повідомлення про помилку не буде показано." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1722,8 +1934,14 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "Протилежність Rec. Цей шаблон буде встановлено, якщо раніше встановлено відповідний пакунок залежності. Його встановлює розв’язувач залежностей. Вилучення проводиться без підтвердження." +msgid "" +"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " +"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " +"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "" +"Протилежність Rec. Цей шаблон буде встановлено, якщо раніше " +"встановлено відповідний пакунок залежності. Його встановлює розв’язувач " +"залежностей. Вилучення проводиться без підтвердження." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1737,8 +1955,12 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." -msgstr "Поточний шаблон розглядатиметься як придатний до встановлення, якщо встановлено шаблон визначений тут." +msgid "" +"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " +"specified here is installed." +msgstr "" +"Поточний шаблон розглядатиметься як придатний до встановлення, якщо " +"встановлено шаблон визначений тут." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -1797,8 +2019,13 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо обрано пакунок, на зразок попередження про тестовий характер версії або комерційну ліцензію." +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " +"test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "" +"Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо обрано " +"пакунок, на зразок попередження про тестовий характер версії або комерційну " +"ліцензію." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -1807,8 +2034,13 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо пакунок обрано для вилучення, на зразок попередження про те, що система стане непридатною до використання без цього пакунка." +msgid "" +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " +"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "" +"Особливе повідомлення, що демонструватиметься користувачеві, якщо пакунок " +"обрано для вилучення, на зразок попередження про те, що система стане " +"непридатною до використання без цього пакунка." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -1817,8 +2049,13 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "Текст EULA (ліцензії для кінцевого користувача). Цей текст буде показано перед встановленням продукту. Якщо користувач не погодиться з EULA, пакунок не буде встановлено." +msgid "" +"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " +"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "" +"Текст EULA (ліцензії для кінцевого користувача). Цей текст буде показано " +"перед встановленням продукту. Якщо користувач не погодиться з EULA, пакунок " +"не буде встановлено." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -1827,10 +2064,13 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product." -msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." -msgstr "Пакунки, які повинні бути вже встановлені в системі перед встановленням цього продукту." +msgid "" +"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " +"requirements." +msgstr "" +"Залежні пакунки, які повинні бути вже встановлені в системі перед " +"встановленням цього продукту." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -1839,8 +2079,12 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." -msgstr "Функціональність, яку надає цей продукт. Може збігатись з requires в інших продуктах." +msgid "" +"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires " +"from others." +msgstr "" +"Функціональність, яку надає цей продукт. Може збігатись з requires в " +"інших продуктах." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -1849,8 +2093,12 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "Цей потрібний пакунок неможливо встановити, якщо встановлено вказаний потрібний пакунок або якийсь інший, що надає цю функціональність." +msgid "" +"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "" +"Цей потрібний пакунок неможливо встановити, якщо встановлено вказаний " +"потрібний пакунок або якийсь інший, що надає цю функціональність." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -1859,8 +2107,12 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." -msgstr "Під час встановлення цієї залежності вилучаються всі інші залежності, чия назва збігається з цим ключовим словом." +msgid "" +"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " +"name matching this keyword." +msgstr "" +"Під час встановлення цієї залежності вилучаються всі інші залежності, чия " +"назва збігається з цим ключовим словом." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -1869,8 +2121,12 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "Слабка версія REQUIRES. Буде зроблено спробу задовольнити RECOMMENDS, але, якщо це неможливо, то їх просто буде зігноровано." +msgid "" +"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " +"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "" +"Слабка версія REQUIRES. Буде зроблено спробу задовольнити " +"RECOMMENDS, але, якщо це неможливо, то їх просто буде зігноровано." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -1879,10 +2135,9 @@ #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The URL for release notes rpm" msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" -msgstr "URL пакунка rpm приміток до випуску" +msgstr "URL пакунка rpm з примітками до випуску" #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 @@ -1901,10 +2156,13 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "A short name of the product which do not change between service packs and versions." -msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." -msgstr "Коротка назва продукту, яка залишається незмінною між версіями і пакунками обслуговування продукту." +msgid "" +"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and " +"versions." +msgstr "" +"Коротка назва продукту, яка залишається незмінною між версіями і пакунками " +"поновлення." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -1918,8 +2176,12 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "Тип носія, який використовуватиметься для продукту. Можливі значення: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "" +"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " +"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "" +"Тип носія, який використовуватиметься для продукту. Можливі значення: cd, " +"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -1975,7 +2237,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "Зачекайте поки створюються дані для додаткового продукту... \n" +msgstr "" +"Зачекайте поки створюються дані для додаткового продукту... \n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89444 - trunk/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 18:50:36 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89444 Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:28 UTC (rev 89443) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:36 UTC (rev 89444) @@ -6,20 +6,21 @@ # # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2002,2003, 2004, 2005. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:45+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 18:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question @@ -30,6 +31,9 @@ "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" "Continue configuration with YaST?" msgstr "" +"Odjemalec za Chef teče. Vaše spremembe bo Chef\n" +"morda kasneje prepisal. Ali želite nadaljevati\n" +"nastavljanje z YaST?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 @@ -135,7 +139,8 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." +msgstr "" +"Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -236,13 +241,21 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost " +"xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost " +"xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -394,7 +407,7 @@ #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 #: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 @@ -416,14 +429,11 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" #| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" -msgstr "" -"Ali res želite\n" -"prekiniti nameščanje?" +msgstr "Ali želite nadaljevati ali prekiniti nameščanje?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation @@ -442,7 +452,7 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ali želite kljub temu dodati nov izdelek?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup @@ -464,6 +474,15 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" +"Profil vam ne dovoljuje poganjanja izdelkov na tem sistemu.\n" +"Če nadaljujete z namestitvijo, končno stanje ne bo podprto\n" +"in lahko vpliva na zahteve po skladnosti.\n" +"\n" +"Na tem sistemu niso izpolnjene naslednje zahteve:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 @@ -511,7 +530,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zagon storitve</big> \n" "Za zagon storitve ob vsakokratnem zagonu računalnika, nastavite\n" -"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3.\n" +"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3<" +"b>.\n" "V nasprotnem primeru nastavite %2." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -952,10 +972,9 @@ msgstr "Nadzorno središče YaST" #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Russian" msgid "Run" -msgstr "Ruska" +msgstr "Zaženi" #. show popup when running as non-root #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 @@ -988,8 +1007,16 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration " +"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" +"Po drevesu se lahko premikate tudi s smernimi tipkami. Da razširite ali " +"skrčite vejo, uporabite preslednico. Za module, ki prikazujejo drevo (lahko " +"je videti kot seznam) nastavitvenih možnosti, uporabite vnašalko in na desni " +"strani se bo prikazalo ustrezno pogovorno okno." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1022,7 +1049,8 @@ "Ker lahko okolje vpliva na uporabo tipkovnice,\n" "obstaja več načinov sprehajanja med elementi dialoga.\n" "Če kombinacija tipk [TAB], [SHIFT] + [TAB] ali [ALT] + [TAB] ne deluje,\n" -"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] (back)." +"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] " +"(back)." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 @@ -1037,18 +1065,18 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "3) Function Keys \n" #| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" #| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Funkcijske tipke \n" -"Tipke F omogočajo hiter dostop do glavnih funkcij.\n" -"Pritisnite F1 za seznam bližnjic za trenutno pogovorno okno." +"Tipke F omogočajo hiter dostop do glavnih funkcij. Funkcijske tipke za " +"trenutno pogovorno okno so prikazane vrstici na koncu." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1693,29 +1721,26 @@ #. translators: warnings summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" msgid "Warning:" -msgstr "Opozorila:" +msgstr "Opozorilo:" #. translators: errors summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" msgid "Error:" -msgstr "Napake:" +msgstr "Napaka:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" msgid "Message:" -msgstr "Sporočila:" +msgstr "Sporočilo:" #. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile #: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 @@ -1836,12 +1861,14 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Ustvari nov ključ GPG</big> \n" -"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" +"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika " +"<tt>gpg</tt>.\n" "Za preklic pritisnite Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -2025,7 +2052,8 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč odizbrati.\n" +"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč " +"odizbrati.\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2094,6 +2122,8 @@ "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" +"Stanje storitve za preverjanje napak:\n" +"%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 @@ -2101,6 +2131,8 @@ "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" +"Stanje storitve za nastavljanje napak:\n" +"%{details}" #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) @@ -2793,12 +2825,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "" +"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji " +"vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "" +"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji " +"vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2808,58 +2844,87 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">onemogoči</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"onemogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">omogoči</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"omogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>),\n" +"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>" +"),\n" "vendar ni nastavljen noben omrežni vmesnik" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on " +"the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a " +"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a " +"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a " +"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a " +"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem " +"zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2873,8 +2938,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli potrebnih vrat." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste " +"odprli potrebnih vrat." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2912,14 +2981,13 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Storitev z imenom »%{service_name}« ne obstaja" #. Fallback for presented service #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Service: %1" msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Storitev: %1" +msgstr "Storitev: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 @@ -3057,7 +3125,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3499,11 +3568,10 @@ #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" #| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?" msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" -msgstr "Ali sprejmete te licenčne dogovore?" +msgstr "Ali sprejmete te licenčne pogoje?" #. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 @@ -3516,7 +3584,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." +msgstr "" +"Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 msgid "" @@ -3613,14 +3682,18 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za namestitev.\n" -"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v levem stolpcu.\n" +"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za " +"namestitev.\n" +"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v " +"levem stolpcu.\n" "\t\t Za ogled opisa postavke izberite postavko s seznama.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3653,7 +3726,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3661,11 +3735,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi prostor na\n" +"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi " +"prostor na\n" "\t\t disku po izvedbi vseh zahtevanih sprememb.\n" -"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo zmogljivost\n" +"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo " +"zmogljivost\n" "\t\t sistema in v redkih primerih celo privedejo do resnih težav.\n" -"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega prostora.\n" +"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega " +"prostora.\n" "\t\t " # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -3749,38 +3826,37 @@ #. open a new wizard dialog if needed #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" -msgstr "Nameščanje paketa" +msgstr "Po namestitvi paketov" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 msgid "Show This Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokaži to poročilo" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" -msgstr "&Zaključi" +msgstr "Zaključi" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" -msgstr "Dostopanje do upravljanja programja je spodletelo" +msgstr "Nadaljuj v upravljalniku programske opreme" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Povzetek namestitve</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih paketov." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or " +"removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Poročilo o namestitvi</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih ali " +"odstranjenih paketov." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" -msgstr "Namestitvena napaka" +msgstr "Poročilo o namestitvi" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 msgid "Installed Packages" @@ -3807,6 +3883,11 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" +"Če želite znova videti to poročilo, v urejevalniku\n" +"\n" +"nastavitev YaST uredite vrednost\n" +"\n" +"Sistem → Yast2 → UV → PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name @@ -3881,7 +3962,8 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -3990,7 +4072,8 @@ "je podpisana z naslednjim ključem GnuPG, vendar je preverjanje celovitosti\n" "spodletelo: %4\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " +"nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -4119,7 +4202,8 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used." msgstr "" "Za vsak paket, ki ni podpisan z zaupanim (uvoženim)\n" "ključem, se odpre opozorilo. Če ključu ne zaupate, paketi ali viri,\n" @@ -4180,7 +4264,8 @@ "je %2,\n" "vendar je trenutna nadzora vsota %3.\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " +"nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -4199,7 +4284,8 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4235,10 +4321,9 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" -msgstr "Preostali paketi" +msgstr "Preostaja" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 @@ -4258,15 +4343,22 @@ msgstr "Paketi se nameščajo." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne bo zagnal." +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the " +"Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or " +"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom " +"gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem " +"stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne " +"bo zagnal." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" -msgstr "&Opombe k izdaji" +msgstr "Opombe k izdaji %s" #. tab #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 @@ -4280,10 +4372,9 @@ #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" -msgstr "Izvedi namestitev" +msgstr "Izvajanje namestitve" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 @@ -4307,11 +4398,10 @@ #. read file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datoteka ni bila najdena." #. Fill the LogView with file content #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System log (%1)" msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Sistemski dnevnik (%1)" @@ -5001,7 +5091,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" #| "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5023,9 +5112,10 @@ "IP/omrežno masko, IP/bite omrežne maske ali 0/0 za vsa omrežja.\n" "\n" "Primeri:\n" -"IP: 192.168.0.1\n" -"IP/omrežna maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" -"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1 ali 2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IP/omrežna maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ali 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32 ali " +"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5034,31 +5124,27 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "KB" msgid "KiB" -msgstr "KB" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "MB" msgid "MiB" -msgstr "MB" +msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GB" msgid "GiB" -msgstr "GB" +msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "TB" msgid "TiB" -msgstr "TB" +msgstr "TiB" #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB @@ -5807,7 +5893,8 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Obratni IPv4 naslov %1 je neveljaven.\n" "Veljaven obratni IPv4 naslov sestavljajo štiri cela števila v območju 0—255,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:28 UTC (rev 89443) +++ trunk/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:36 UTC (rev 89444) @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2003, 2004. # Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>, 2006. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:51+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 17:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" @@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. this is a heading #: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61 @@ -35,56 +36,64 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustvarjanje profila AutoYaST, če je potrebno ..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" #| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" #| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" #| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Skloniraj.\n" -"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" +"Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Nastavitve kloniranja " +"sistema.\n" +"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. " +"Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke o želeni namestitvi.\n" -"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Zapisovanje sistemskih nastavitev ..." +msgstr "Nastavitve kloniranja sistema" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "&Preskoči nastavitve" +msgstr "&Nastavitve kloniranja sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" +"do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" +"Profil AutoYaST bo shranjen v /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne shrani " +"ga</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Profil AutoYaST ne bo shranjen (<a href=\"%1\">shrani ga</a>)." #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shrani profil AutoYaST v /root/autoinst.xml" #. progress step title #: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 @@ -119,8 +128,12 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev nameščanja paketov RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev " +"nameščanja paketov RPM." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -131,8 +144,11 @@ msgstr "&Ne namesti iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -140,12 +156,18 @@ msgstr "Tu lahko ustvarite slike po meri.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "Preden lahko tu ustvarite sliko morate izbrati programsko opremo" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega mesta)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega " +"mesta)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -169,7 +191,8 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Nameščanje iz slik se uporablja za pohitritev nameščanja.\n" @@ -180,13 +203,17 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " +"auto-installation." msgstr "" "Ustvarjanje lastnih slik uporabite, če želite\n" "preskočiti celoten korak nameščanja paketov RPM. AutoYaST bo\n" -"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v naprej.\n" +"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v " +"naprej.\n" "Vse ostalo, kar ni nameščanje paketov RPM, se opravi kot med običajnim\n" "samodejnim nameščanjem." @@ -197,7 +224,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" "Vedite, da pri nameščanju iz slik časovne oznake paketov iz slik ne bodo\n" @@ -320,10 +348,9 @@ #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" -msgstr "&Da, strinjam se z vsebino licenčnega dogovora" +msgstr "Jezik, tipkovnica in licenčni sporazum" #. combo box label #. combobox @@ -367,7 +394,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem in\n" +"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem " +"in\n" "v nameščenem sistemu.\n" "\n" @@ -377,12 +405,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pred nadaljevanjem nameščanja morate sprejeti licenco.\n" -"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence.\n" +"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence<" +"/b>.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -506,14 +536,19 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Skloniraj.\n" -"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" +"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. " +"Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke o želeni namestitvi.\n" -"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -525,8 +560,10 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -539,7 +576,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sistem se bo sedaj znova zagnal ..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -566,10 +603,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Vklopljeno je bilo razhroščevanje.\n" -"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite trenutno stanje paketov." +"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite " +"trenutno stanje paketov." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -592,23 +631,27 @@ #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izberite disk, na katerega želite razmestiti sliko." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vsi podatki na disku bodo izgubljeni." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uporabljeni &disk" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" +"Izberite disk, na katerega želite razmestiti sliko. Vsi podatki na disku bodo " +"izgubljeni, disk pa bo razdeljen, kot je določeno v sliki." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trdi disk za razmeščanje slike" #. popup label #: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 @@ -637,9 +680,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavitev diskov &iSCSI" #: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" -msgstr "Branje mrežne nastavitve" +msgstr "Spremeni n&astavitve omrežja" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 @@ -662,10 +704,9 @@ #. push button #: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Opombe k izdaji" +msgstr "&Opombe k izdaji ..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -675,7 +716,9 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje posodobitev?" +msgstr "" +"Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje " +"posodobitev?" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -789,10 +832,9 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Settings" msgid "Installation Options" -msgstr "Namestitvene nastavitve" +msgstr "Možnosti namestitve" #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #. dialog caption @@ -813,14 +855,11 @@ #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" #| "Select what to do:" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>Vrsta namestitve</big> \n" -"Izberite želeni način nameščanja:" +msgstr "<big>Možnosti namestitve</big>" #. help text for installation option #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 @@ -837,17 +876,23 @@ #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; izberite\n" +"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; " +"izberite\n" "Vključi dodatne izdelke iz posebnega vira.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " +"http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si " +"oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -903,10 +948,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavljeno omrežje je potrebno za uporabo oddaljenih virov\n" -"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite nastavitev.\n" +"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite " +"nastavitev.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -920,24 +967,33 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " +"\n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE ponuja\n" -"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE Plasma in GNOME." +"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE<" +"/i> ponuja\n" +"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE " +"Plasma in GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " +"software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), ki morda\n" -"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. Svoj izbor\n" -"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku namestitve.\n" +"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), " +"ki morda\n" +"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. " +"Svoj izbor\n" +"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku " +"namestitve.\n" "To pogovorno okno vam omogoča nastavitev privzetega okolja." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -962,7 +1018,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Osnovnega izdelka ni mogoče najti. Opombe k izdaji ne bodo prikazane." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -986,16 +1042,15 @@ #. force_reset #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Samodejno nastavljanje" +msgstr "Lokacija shranjenih nastavitev" #. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitev ni uspelo. Podrobnosti najdete v dnevniku." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 @@ -1075,22 +1130,21 @@ #. menu button #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Preskoči nastavitve" +msgstr "&Izvozi nastavitve" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." +msgstr "Za spreminjanje kliknite na naslove." #. menu button item #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 @@ -1115,11 +1169,13 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti.\n" +"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti" +".\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1150,7 +1206,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno varno prekinete.\n" +"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno " +"varno prekinete.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1408,7 +1465,6 @@ #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #| "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1416,16 +1472,15 @@ #| "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Trdega diska za namestitev ni bilo moč najti.\n" -"Prosimo, preverite strojno opremo.\n" "\n" -"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte »drivers.suse.com«.\n" +"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte " +"»drivers.suse.com«." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #| "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1434,8 +1489,9 @@ "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ni mogoče zaznati trdih diskov.\n" -"Prosim, preverite strojno opremo!\n" +"Najdenega ni bilo nobenega trdega diska za namestitev.\n" +"Preverite strojno opremo.\n" +"%1\n" #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 msgid "" @@ -1443,13 +1499,12 @@ "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" msgstr "" -"Trdega diska za namestitev ni bilo moč najti.\n" +"Najdenega ni bilo nobenega trdega diska za namestitev.\n" "Med samodejnim nameščanjem bodo morda zaznani kasneje.\n" "(to velja še posebno za sisteme S/390 in iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" #| "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1460,9 +1515,9 @@ "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ni mogoče zaznati trdih diskov ali kontrolnikov trdih diskov,\n" -"ki bi jih bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" -"Preverite svojo strojno opremo.\n" +"Najdenega ni bilo nobenega trdega diska niti krmilnika diskov za namestitev.\n" +"Preverite strojno opremo.\n" +"%1\n" #. popup message #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 @@ -1528,7 +1583,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Tu vidite vse vire programske opreme, najdene na sistemu,\n" "ki ga nadgrajujete. Omogočite tiste, ki jih želite vključiti v nadgradnjo." @@ -1540,7 +1596,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Za omogočanje, odstranitev ali onemogočanje URL-ja kliknite\n" -"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v preglednici." +"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v " +"preglednici." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 @@ -1826,7 +1883,8 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." +msgstr "" +"Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -1881,6 +1939,8 @@ "No installation control file has been found,\n" "the installer cannot continue." msgstr "" +"Najdena ni bila nobena datoteka za nadzor namestitve.\n" +"Namestilnik ne more nadaljevati." #. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in #. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. @@ -2042,47 +2102,47 @@ #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav" #. this is a menu entry #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seznam &blokiranih naprav" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik je omogočeno (<a href=\"%1\">onemogoči</a>)." +msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav je omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">onemogoči</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik je onemogočeno (<a href=\"%1\">omogoči</a>)." +msgstr "Seznam blokiranih naprav ni omogočen (<a href=\"%s\">omogoči</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" +"Seznam blokiranih naprav uporabite, če želite jedru zmanjšati " +"porabo pomnilnika." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Zaganjanje storitve %1 ..." +msgstr "Dodajanje naprav na seznam blokiranih ..." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "Iskanje razdelkov Linux ..." +msgstr "Zmanjševanje razdelka PREP ..." #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Omrežna naprava: %1" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89443 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po
by jrepin＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: jrepin Date: 2014-09-24 18:50:28 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89443 Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po Log: Updated slovenian (sl) translations Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-09-24 14:04:35 UTC (rev 89442) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/base.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:28 UTC (rev 89443) @@ -6,20 +6,21 @@ # # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2002,2003, 2004, 2005. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.sl_SI\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:31+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:45+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 18:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line @@ -126,7 +127,8 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:555 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." +msgstr "" +"Uporabite »yast2 %1 %2 help« za celoten seznam razpoložljivih možnosti." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:573 @@ -227,13 +229,21 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:943 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Manjka ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«). Uporabite ukazno možnost " +"xmlfile=<ciljna_datoteka_XML>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:955 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Ime ciljne datoteke (možnost »xmlfile«) je prazno. Uporabite ukazno možnost " +"xmlfile=<ciljna_XML_datoteka>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1095 @@ -385,7 +395,7 @@ #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 #: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1596 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 @@ -407,14 +417,11 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" #| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" -msgstr "" -"Ali res želite\n" -"prekiniti nameščanje?" +msgstr "Ali želite nadaljevati ali prekiniti nameščanje?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation @@ -433,7 +440,7 @@ #. last part of the question (variable) #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ali želite kljub temu dodati nov izdelek?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup @@ -455,6 +462,15 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" +"Profil vam ne dovoljuje poganjanja izdelkov na tem sistemu.\n" +"Če nadaljujete z namestitvijo, končno stanje ne bo podprto\n" +"in lahko vpliva na zahteve po skladnosti.\n" +"\n" +"Na tem sistemu niso izpolnjene naslednje zahteve:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 @@ -502,7 +518,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zagon storitve</big> \n" "Za zagon storitve ob vsakokratnem zagonu računalnika, nastavite\n" -"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3.\n" +"%1. Za zagon storitve s pritajenim programčkom xinetd nastavite %3<" +"b>.\n" "V nasprotnem primeru nastavite %2." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -943,10 +960,9 @@ msgstr "Nadzorno središče YaST" #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Russian" msgid "Run" -msgstr "Ruska" +msgstr "Zaženi" #. show popup when running as non-root #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 @@ -1008,7 +1024,8 @@ "Ker lahko okolje vpliva na uporabo tipkovnice,\n" "obstaja več načinov sprehajanja med elementi dialoga.\n" "Če kombinacija tipk [TAB], [SHIFT] + [TAB] ali [ALT] + [TAB] ne deluje,\n" -"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] (back)." +"premaknite fokus naprej s [CTRL] + [F] (forward) in nazaj s [CTRL] + [B] " +"(back)." #. NCurses Control Center help 5/9 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:350 @@ -1724,29 +1741,26 @@ #. translators: warnings summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:693 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" msgid "Warning:" -msgstr "Opozorila:" +msgstr "Opozorilo:" #. translators: errors summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:711 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" msgid "Error:" -msgstr "Napake:" +msgstr "Napaka:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:729 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:747 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" msgid "Message:" -msgstr "Sporočila:" +msgstr "Sporočilo:" #. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile #: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 @@ -1867,12 +1881,14 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Ustvari nov ključ GPG</big> \n" -"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika <tt>gpg</tt>.\n" +"Zažene se <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>. Za podrobnosti si oglejte stran priročnika " +"<tt>gpg</tt>.\n" "Za preklic pritisnite Ctrl+C.\n" "" @@ -2056,7 +2072,8 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč odizbrati.\n" +"Teh omrežnih vmesnikov, ki so dodeljeni notranjemu omrežju, ni moč " +"odizbrati.\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2810,12 +2827,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "" +"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot notranji " +"vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji vmesnik požarnega zidu" +msgstr "" +"Najdena je bila nova omrežna naprava »%1«, ki je bila dodana kot zunanji " +"vmesnik požarnega zidu" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 @@ -2825,58 +2846,87 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">onemogoči</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Požarni zid je omogočen (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"onemogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">omogoči</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Požarni zid je onemogočen (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"omogoči</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata SSH so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>),\n" +"Vrata SSH so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zapri</a>" +"),\n" "vendar ni nastavljen noben omrežni vmesnik" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on " +"the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sistem nameščate prek SSH-ja, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat SSH." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a " +"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so odprta (<a " +"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">zapri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a " +"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Vrata daljinskega upravljanja VNC so zaprta (<a " +"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">odpri</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sistem nameščate z uporabo oddaljenega upravljanja VNC, vendar v požarnem " +"zidu niste odprli vrat VNC." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2890,8 +2940,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste odprli potrebnih vrat." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Nameščate sistem, ki uporablja iSCSI Target, vendar v požarnem zidu niste " +"odprli potrebnih vrat." #. Fallback for presented service #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:384 @@ -3034,7 +3088,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3476,11 +3531,10 @@ #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" #| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?" msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" -msgstr "Ali sprejmete te licenčne dogovore?" +msgstr "Ali sprejmete te licenčne pogoje?" #. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 @@ -3493,7 +3547,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." +msgstr "" +"Samodejno razreševanje ni uspelo, potrebno je ročno razreševanje odvisnosti." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 msgid "" @@ -3590,14 +3645,18 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za namestitev.\n" -"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v levem stolpcu.\n" +"\t\t To pogovorno okno omogoča določitev nalog tega sistem in programja za " +"namestitev.\n" +"\t\t Razpoložljive naloge in programska oprema so po kategorijah prikazani v " +"levem stolpcu.\n" "\t\t Za ogled opisa postavke izberite postavko s seznama.\n" "\t\t " @@ -3630,7 +3689,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3638,11 +3698,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi prostor na\n" +"\t\t Prikaz porabe diska v spodnjem desnem kotu prikazuje razpoložljivi " +"prostor na\n" "\t\t disku po izvedbi vseh zahtevanih sprememb.\n" -"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo zmogljivost\n" +"\t\t Razdelki trdega diska, ki so polni ali skoraj polni, lahko zmanjšajo " +"zmogljivost\n" "\t\t sistema in v redkih primerih celo privedejo do resnih težav.\n" -"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega prostora.\n" +"\t\t Sistem za pravilno delovanje potrebuje nekaj razpoložljivega diskovnega " +"prostora.\n" "\t\t " # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -3726,8 +3789,12 @@ #. open a new wizard dialog if needed #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Povzetek namestitve</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih paketov." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Povzetek namestitve</BIG> Tu je povzetek nameščenih " +"paketov." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:665 msgid "Installation Summary" @@ -3822,7 +3889,8 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -3931,7 +3999,8 @@ "je podpisana z naslednjim ključem GnuPG, vendar je preverjanje celovitosti\n" "spodletelo: %4\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " +"nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -4060,7 +4129,8 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used." msgstr "" "Za vsak paket, ki ni podpisan z zaupanim (uvoženim)\n" "ključem, se odpre opozorilo. Če ključu ne zaupate, paketi ali viri,\n" @@ -4121,7 +4191,8 @@ "je %2,\n" "vendar je trenutna nadzora vsota %3.\n" "\n" -"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po nesreči,\n" +"Odkar je ustvarjalec vira podpisal datoteko, je bila ta spremenjena po " +"nesreči,\n" "ali pa jo je spremenil napadalec. Uporaba datoteke predstavlja veliko\n" "tveganje za celovitost in varnost sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -4140,7 +4211,8 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4197,8 +4269,16 @@ msgstr "Paketi se nameščajo." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne bo zagnal." +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the " +"Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or " +"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Prekinitev nameščanja Nameščanje paketov lahko prekinete s klikom " +"gumba Prekini. Po sistem lahko ostane v neskladnem ali neuporabnem " +"stanju. Če kaka osnovna sistemska komponenta ni nameščena, se sistem morda ne " +"bo zagnal." #. tab #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:659 @@ -4257,7 +4337,6 @@ #. @param name name or alias of the unit #. @return (resolved) unit Id #: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:155 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Unable to disable service %1\n" #| "Command '%2' returned:%3\n" @@ -4265,14 +4344,13 @@ "Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n" "Command returned: %2\n" msgstr "" -"Storitve %1 ni moč onemogočiti.\n" -"Ukaz »%2« je vrnil:\n" -"%3\n" +"Ni mogoče izvedeti določevalnika enote »%1«.\n" +"Ukaz je vrnil: %2\n" #. extract key anv value #: library/runlevel/src/modules/Service.rb:175 msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ni mogoče razčleniti izhoda poizvedbe določevalnika enote »%1«: »%2«\n" #. Error message. #. %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d, @@ -4305,7 +4383,6 @@ #. Fill the LogView with file contents #: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:189 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System log (%1)" msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Sistemski dnevnik (%1)" @@ -4995,7 +5072,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:142 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" #| "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5017,9 +5093,10 @@ "IP/omrežno masko, IP/bite omrežne maske ali 0/0 za vsa omrežja.\n" "\n" "Primeri:\n" -"IP: 192.168.0.1\n" -"IP/omrežna maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" -"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1 ali 2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IP/omrežna maska: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ali 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP/biti omrežne maske: 192.168.0.0/24 ali 192.168.0.1/32 ali " +"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 @@ -5793,7 +5870,8 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Obratni IPv4 naslov %1 je neveljaven.\n" "Veljaven obratni IPv4 naslov sestavljajo štiri cela števila v območju 0—255,\n" Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-09-24 14:04:35 UTC (rev 89442) +++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/sl/po/installation.sl.po 2014-09-24 16:50:28 UTC (rev 89443) @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ # Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001. # Matjaz Subelj <matjaz(a)lecad.uni-lj.si>, 2003, 2004. # Matjaž Kaše <matjaz.kase(a)telemach.net>, 2006. -# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013. +# Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-17 19:51+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-24 17:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jure Repinc <jlp(a)holodeck1.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <lugos-slo(a)lugos.si>\n" "Language: sl\n" @@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 || n%" +"100==4 ? 3 : 0);\n" #. this is a heading #: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61 @@ -65,8 +66,12 @@ msgstr "Nameščanje iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev nameščanja paketov RPM." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Tu lahko izberete Novellove v naprej pripravljene slike za pohitritev " +"nameščanja paketov RPM." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -77,8 +82,11 @@ msgstr "&Ne namesti iz slik" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Razmeščanje iz lastnih slik. Potrebno je nastaviti URL namestitvenega vira." #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -86,12 +94,18 @@ msgstr "Tu lahko ustvarite slike po meri.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "Preden lahko tu ustvarite sliko morate izbrati programsko opremo" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega mesta)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Ustvari datoteko s sliko (AutoYaST jo bo med nameščanjem pridobil s podanega " +"mesta)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -115,7 +129,8 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "Nameščanje iz slik se uporablja za pohitritev nameščanja.\n" @@ -126,13 +141,17 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " +"auto-installation." msgstr "" "Ustvarjanje lastnih slik uporabite, če želite\n" "preskočiti celoten korak nameščanja paketov RPM. AutoYaST bo\n" -"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v naprej.\n" +"sliko skopiral na trdi disk, ki je hitrejši in je lahko pripravljen v " +"naprej.\n" "Vse ostalo, kar ni nameščanje paketov RPM, se opravi kot med običajnim\n" "samodejnim nameščanjem." @@ -143,7 +162,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" "Vedite, da pri nameščanju iz slik časovne oznake paketov iz slik ne bodo\n" @@ -373,7 +393,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem in\n" +"Izberite jezik in razporeditev tipk za uporabo med nameščanjem " +"in\n" "v nameščenem sistemu.\n" "\n" @@ -383,12 +404,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pred nadaljevanjem nameščanja morate sprejeti licenco.\n" -"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence.\n" +"Za prikaz licence v vseh razpoložljivih jezikih uporabite Prevodi licence<" +"/b>.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -512,14 +535,19 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Če želite ustvariti profil za AutoYaST, uporabite Skloniraj.\n" -"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" +"S pomočjo AutoYaST lahko izvedete popolnoma samodejno namestitev SUSE Linuxa. " +"Za samodejno namestitev AutoYaST potrebuje profil,\n" "ki vsebuje podatke o želeni namestitvi.\n" -"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Če boste izbrali to možnost, bo profil trenutnega izbora shranjen v <tt>" +"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -531,8 +559,10 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Za kloniranje trenutnega sistema mora biti nameščen paket %1." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -565,10 +595,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:185 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Vklopljeno je bilo razhroščevanje.\n" -"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite trenutno stanje paketov." +"YaST bo odprl upravljalnika programske opreme, s katerim lahko preverite " +"trenutno stanje paketov." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:361 @@ -643,7 +675,9 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje posodobitev?" +msgstr "" +"Ali zaženem upravljalnika programske opreme za preverjanje in nameščanje " +"posodobitev?" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -881,11 +915,13 @@ #: src/clients/inst_mode.rb:475 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; izberite\n" +"Za namestitev dodatnih izdelkov s posebnega vira obenem z izdelkom &product; " +"izberite\n" "Vključi dodatne izdelke iz posebnega vira.\n" #. help text for installation method @@ -899,8 +935,10 @@ "configuration.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Izberite Uporabi samodejne nastavitve, če želite programu za nameščanje\n" -"prepustiti nastavljanje omrežja in strojne opreme. V nasprotnem vam bo ponujen\n" +"Izberite Uporabi samodejne nastavitve, če želite programu za " +"nameščanje\n" +"prepustiti nastavljanje omrežja in strojne opreme. V nasprotnem vam bo " +"ponujen\n" "predlog nastavitev z možnostjo ročnega prilagajanja nastavitev. Neizkušenim\n" "uporabnikom svetujemo uporabo samodejnih nastavitev.\n" @@ -922,8 +960,12 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_mode.rb:500 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " +"http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si " +"oglejte stran http://drivers.suse.com." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -977,10 +1019,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Nastavljeno omrežje je potrebno za uporabo oddaljenih virov\n" -"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite nastavitev.\n" +"ali dodatnih izdelkov. Če oddaljenih virov ne uporabljate, preskočite " +"nastavitev.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1127,7 +1171,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:519 -msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +msgid "" +"Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." msgstr "Tu lahko nastavite omrežne kartice za takojšnjo uporabo." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 @@ -1435,8 +1480,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1920 -msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -msgstr "Prosimo, počakajte na zapis in preizkušanje nastavitev omrežja ..." +msgid "" +"Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +msgstr "" +"Prosimo, počakajte na zapis in preizkušanje nastavitev omrežja ..." #. If writing failed, return `back #: src/clients/inst_network_setup.rb:1954 @@ -1452,24 +1499,33 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " +"\n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE ponuja\n" -"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE Plasma in GNOME." +"V Linuxu je možnost izbire zelo pomembna. Distribucija openSUSE<" +"/i> ponuja\n" +"več različnih delovnih okolij. Spodaj je seznam z dvema največjima: KDE " +"Plasma in GNOME." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " +"software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), ki morda\n" -"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. Svoj izbor\n" -"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku namestitve.\n" +"Druga delovna okolja (ali enega izmed minimalnih namestitvenih vzorcev), " +"ki morda\n" +"bolj ustrezajo vašim potrebam, lahko izberete preko možnosti Drugo. " +"Svoj izbor\n" +"lahko spremenite kasneje med izborom programske opreme ali po zaključku " +"namestitve.\n" "To pogovorno okno vam omogoča nastavitev privzetega okolja." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1591,7 +1647,8 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1054 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na katerikoli naslov ali uporabite spodnji meni »Spremeni ...«." #. push button #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1083 @@ -1621,11 +1678,13 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1210 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti.\n" +"Za izvedbo nove namestitve s prikazanimi nastavitvami kliknite Namesti" +".\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1656,7 +1715,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno varno prekinete.\n" +"Vaš trdi disk ni bil v ničemer spremenjen, zato lahko nameščanje še vedno " +"varno prekinete.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1933,7 +1993,6 @@ #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:400 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #| "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1941,16 +2000,15 @@ #| "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Trdega diska za namestitev ni bilo moč najti.\n" -"Prosimo, preverite strojno opremo.\n" "\n" -"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte »drivers.suse.com«.\n" +"Če za namestitev potrebujete posebne gonilnike za strojno opremo, si oglejte " +"»drivers.suse.com«." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:414 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #| "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1959,8 +2017,9 @@ "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ni mogoče zaznati trdih diskov.\n" -"Prosim, preverite strojno opremo!\n" +"Najdenega ni bilo nobenega trdega diska za namestitev.\n" +"Preverite strojno opremo.\n" +"%1\n" #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:424 msgid "" @@ -1974,7 +2033,6 @@ #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:435 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" #| "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1985,9 +2043,9 @@ "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ni mogoče zaznati trdih diskov ali kontrolnikov trdih diskov,\n" -"ki bi jih bilo mogoče namestiti.\n" -"Preverite svojo strojno opremo.\n" +"Najdenega ni bilo nobenega trdega diska niti krmilnika diskov za namestitev.\n" +"Preverite strojno opremo.\n" +"%1\n" #. popup message #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:488 @@ -2053,7 +2111,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Tu vidite vse vire programske opreme, najdene na sistemu,\n" "ki ga nadgrajujete. Omogočite tiste, ki jih želite vključiti v nadgradnjo." @@ -2065,7 +2124,8 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Za omogočanje, odstranitev ali onemogočanje URL-ja kliknite\n" -"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v preglednici." +"gumb Preklopi stanje ali pa dvo-kliknite na ustrezno postavko v " +"preglednici." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 @@ -2296,9 +2356,12 @@ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" "from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"To so opombe k izdaji, ki so bile pripravljene za začetno izdajo in so del\n" -"namestitvenega nosilca. Če bo med namestitvijo vzpostavljena medmrežna povezava,\n" -"boste lahko s spletnega strežnika SUSE Linuxa pridobili posodobljene opombe k izdaji.\n" +"To so opombe k izdaji, ki so bile pripravljene za začetno izdajo in so " +"del\n" +"namestitvenega nosilca. Če bo med namestitvijo vzpostavljena medmrežna " +"povezava,\n" +"boste lahko s spletnega strežnika SUSE Linuxa pridobili posodobljene opombe k " +"izdaji.\n" #. progress step title #: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:120 @@ -2373,7 +2436,8 @@ #. progress step title #: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." +msgstr "" +"Kopiranje nastavitev grafičnega sistema X Window na nameščeni sistem ..." #. progress step title #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -2615,7 +2679,7 @@ #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: src/include/installation/scr_switch_debugger.rb:154 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #. log-view label #: src/include/installation/scr_switch_debugger.rb:170 @@ -2730,7 +2794,8 @@ #. popup error #: src/include/installation/scr_switch_debugger.rb:820 msgid "Unknown chroot path. The debugger cannot continue." -msgstr "Pot spremenjene vrhovne mape ni znana. Razhroščevalnik ne more nadaljevati." +msgstr "" +"Pot spremenjene vrhovne mape ni znana. Razhroščevalnik ne more nadaljevati." #. if any SCR exists #: src/include/installation/scr_switch_debugger.rb:835 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89442 - trunk/yast/50-doc
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-09-24 16:04:35 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89442 Removed: trunk/yast/50-doc/test Log: test done Deleted: trunk/yast/50-doc/test =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-doc/test 2014-09-24 13:56:20 UTC (rev 89441) +++ trunk/yast/50-doc/test 2014-09-24 14:04:35 UTC (rev 89442) @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -testing commit ML -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89441 - trunk/yast/50-doc
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 24 Sep '14

24 Sep '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-09-24 15:56:20 +0200 (Wed, 24 Sep 2014) New Revision: 89441 Added: trunk/yast/50-doc/test Log: test Added: trunk/yast/50-doc/test =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-doc/test (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/50-doc/test 2014-09-24 13:56:20 UTC (rev 89441) @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +testing commit ML -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0